.

['qJ1J 4]
189

CENTRAL ELECTRICITYAU11IORlTY
NOTIFlCATION .'
NewDelhi, the 20th September, 2010
No. CEJll/S9/CEAlEI.-In exercise of theipowers conferred by section 177 of
the Electricity A-et, 2003 (36 of 2003); the Central Electricity Authority hereby
makes the following regulations' for Measures relating to' Safety and Electric
Supply, namely:"'
'. I
1. ShorttitIe and Commencement.,. 0' 11iese regulations may be called the
. CentriiI.Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Regulations, 2010. .
(2) They shall come into fOfce on the date of their publication in the Official
Gazette. ..'
2. Definitions.- (I) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,
(Ii) "Act" means the Electricity Act,2003; ,.
(b) "accessible" means within physical n,ach without the' use of any
appliance or speCial effort; . . .
(c) "ampere" rileansa unit ofelectric current and isa constant current which,
flowing in two parallel straight conductors of infinite: length of negligible cross
section and placed at a distance of one meter apart in a vacuum will produce a
force of 2xI0-
7
Newton per meter length between the conductors;
(d) "apparatus electrical apparatus and includesall machines, fittings,
accessories and appliances in which conductors are used;
(e) "bare" means not covered with insulatinginaterials;
(f)"cable" means a,length of insulated single conductor(solid or stranded) or
of two or more such conductors each with its own insulation, which.
are laid up together. Such insulated conductor or conductors mayor may not
be provided with an overall mechanical protective covering; "
(g) . ,"circuit" means an' arrangement of ,conductor or conductors for the,
purpose of conveying electricity and f(,)rming a system or a branch of a
system;
(h) "circuit breaker" means a device, capable of making arid breaking the
circuitunderallconditions, and unless otl;1erwise specified, so as to
break the current automatically. under abnonnal conditions; . '
(i) "concentric. cable" means a composite cable comprising an .inner
conductor which is insulated and one or more outer conductors which are
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
i
I
i
I
1
I
I
'190
THEGAZEITE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART Ill-Soc: 4]
insulated from one another and are disposed over the insulation of, and more or
less around, the inner conductor; ,
(j) '''conductor'' means any wire, cable, bar, tube, rail or plate used for
conducting electricity and so as to be electrically connected to a
system;
(k) "conduit" means rigid or flexible metallic tubing or mechanically strong
and fire resisting non-metallic tubing into which a cable or cables may be
drawn for the purpose of affording it or them mechanical protection;
(1) "connected load" means' the sum of the ratings of the electricity
consuming apparatus connected to a consumer's installation; ,''';
(m) "covered, with. inSulating material" means adequately covered with'
. insulating material ofsuch quality andthic"kness as to prevent danger; , .
(n) "cut out" means any appliance for automatically interrUpting the
transmission of electricity through the conductor when the current rises above a
pre-determined amount, and shall also Include fusible cut-out; ,
.(0) . "danger" means danger to health or danger to life or any part of body
,from shock, bum or other injury to persons, or property, or from fire or
,explosion, attendant, upon the generation,' transmission, transformation,
conversion, distribution or use ofelectricitY; ,
(p) "dead" means at or about earth potential' and disconnected. from any live
system. It is' used only with reference to current carrying parts when these parts,
are not live.' "',-
(q) , "designated person" means a person designated under regulation 3;
(r) "earthed" or "connected with earth" means connected wit!). the general
, mass of earth in such manner as to ensure at all times an 'immediate discha.rge
of electricity without danger;
(s) "earthing system" means an electrical system in which all the conductors
and appliances are earthed;
(t) "enclosed sub-station" means any ,premises or' enclosure or part thereof,
being large enough to admit the entrance of a person after the apparatus therein
is in position, contaIning apparatlJs for transforming or converting electricity to
or from a voltage at or exceeding 650 V (other than transforming or converting
solely for the operation of switch gear or instruments) with or without any other
apparatus for switching, controlling or otherwise regulating the electricity, and
includes the apparatus therein;
(u) "enclosed switch-station" means any premises or enclosure or part thereof,
being large enough to admit the entrance of a. person after the apparatus therein
is in position, containing appariltus ' for' switching, controlling or otherwise
regulating electrlcity at or 650 V but not for transforming or
,converting electricity(other than for transforming or converting solely for the
,operation, of switchgear or instruments)and includes the apparatus therein,
(v) "flameproof enclosure" an enclosure for electrical machinery or
apparatus that will withstand, when the covers, or other acc'ess doors are
properly secured, an internal explosion of the inflammable' gas or vapour
which may eliter or originate inside the enclosure, without suffering ,damage
and without communicating the. irilternal flammation (or explosion) to the
. external inflammable gas or vapour inwhich it designed to be used, through
any joints or other structural openings in the enclosure; -
(w) "flexible cable" means a cable consisting of one or more cores each formed
of a group of wires, the diameter and the physical properties of the wires and .'
material being such as to afford '
I
i
!
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
!
;
[qpy 4] 191
.,; ..:..:..
(x) "guarded" means covered, shielded, fenced or otherwise protected by
of suitable casings, barrier, rails or metal screens to remove the
possibility of dangerous contact or approach by persons or objects to a point of
danger; " "
(y) "hand-held portable apparatus" means an apparatus which is so designed as
to be capable of being held in the" hands and moved while connected to a
supply of electricity;
(z) "High Voltage Direct Cutrent (HVDC)" means Direct Current (DC) voltage
above 100000 Volts used for transniission of power. "
(za) "inspector of mines" means an Inspector appointed under the Mines
Act, 1952 (35 of 1952); ,
(zb) means any composite electrical unit used forllie purpose of
generating, "transforming, transmitting, converting, distributing or utilizing
electricity;
(zc) "intrinsically safe" as applied to apparatus or" associated shall
denote that any sparking that may occur in normal workinK is incapable of
causing explosion of inflammable gas or vapour;
(zd) "increased safety type 'e'" means a" method of protection by which
additional'measures are -applied so as" to give increased security against" the
possibility of excessive temperatures and of occUrrence of arcs and sparks in
apparatus \Vhich does not produce arcs or sparks in normal service;
(ze) "lightning arrestor" means a device which has the property of diverting to
earth any electrical surge of excessively high amplitude applied to its terminals
and is capable of interrupting flow current if present and restoring itself
thereafter to its original operating conditions;
(zi) "lin-ked swit{;h" means"a switch with all the poles mechanically linked so
as to operate
(tg) "live" inems electricaliy charged;
(zh) "metAllic" covering" means mechanically strong metal covering
sUrrounding one or more conductors; "" " "
(zi) "meter" means a device suitable for measuring, indicating and recordjng
consumption of electricity or any other qUantity related with electrical system
and shall" include, wherever applicable, other equipment such as Current
Transfonner (CT), Vo.ltage Transfonner(VT) or Capacitor' Voltage
Transformer (CVT) with necessary wiring md accessories;
(zj) "mine;' has the same nieaningas defilled in the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of
1952); .
(zk) "neutral conductor" means that conductol ofa multi-wire system, the
voltage of whiclj is normally intermediatebetwee., the voltages of the other
conductors Of the system and shall also include return wire of the single phase
system;
(zl) "occupier" means the owner or_ person in occupation of the premises
where electricity is used or proposed to be used;
(zm) a unit of electrical resistance and is the electrical resistance
between two points of a conductor when a constant potential difference of Oile
volt, applied to these points produces a current of one ampere in the conductor,
provided no electromotive force is generated in the 'conductor;
(zn) "open spat:king" means sparking which owing to the lack adequate
provisions for preventing the ignition of- inflammable gas external to the
apparatus would ignite such inflammable gas; "
I
I
r
,
I
I
I
I
j
I
j
.192 TIIE GAZETIE OF INDIA : EXTR.."'-ORDINARY . [PART III"-sEc. 4]

(2) Words and expressions used and not definecJ in these regulations but defined in
the Act shall have the meanings respectively as$igned to them in the Act.
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
..-......---..... ----.. --------- .------------.--.------. I
(zo) "overhead line" means any electric supply line which is placed above
ground and in the open air but excluding live rails of a traction system; .
(zp) "owner" means the company or body corporate or association or body of
individuals, whether incorporated or not. or artificial juridical person which
owns or operates or maintains Electric Plants and Lines; .
(zq) "owner", "agent" and "manager" of amine have the same meanings as
. are assigned to them in the Mines Act; 1952(35 of 1952);.
(zr) "poles" means the phase terminals of a Switch.
(zs) "portable apparatus" meaI!s an apparatus which is so designed as to be
. capable ofbeing moved while iIi operation;
(zt) "portable hand lamp" means a portable light-fitting' provided with suitable
handle, guard and flexible cord connected to a plug;
(zu) "Schedule" means a schedule to these regulations.
(zw) "section" means a Section of the Act;
(zv) "span" means the horizontal distance between two adjacent supporting
points of an overhead conductor; .
(zw). "street box" means a totally enclosed structure, either above or below
ground containing' apparatus for transforming, switching, controlIing or
otherwise regulating electricity; ,
(zx) "supplier" means any generating company" or licensee from whose
system electricity flows into the system ofanother generating company or
licensee Qr consumer; .
(zy) "switch" means a manually operated device for opening arid closing or for
changing the connection of a circuit;
.(zz) "switchboard" means an assembly including the switchgear for the control
of electrical c}rcuits,electric connections and the supporting frame;
(zza) "swltchgear"shall denote.switehes, circuit breakers, cut-outs and other
apparatus used for the operation, regulation and control of circuits;
(zzb) "system" means an electrical system in- which all the conductors and
apparattis are electrically connected to a common source of electric supply;
(zzc) "transportable apparatus" means apparatus which is operated iila fixed
position but which is so designed as to be capable of being moved readily from
one place to another; .
(zzd) "volt". means a unit of potentiaLdiffeIence of electro"motive force and is
the difference of electricpotentiai which exists between two points of a
conductor carrying a constant current of one ampere, when the power
. dissipated between these points is one watt; .
(zze) ''voltage'' means the difference of electric potentiaLmeasured in Volts
between any two, or-between ,any:part ofeitherconductor:and the
earth as measured by. a voltmeter meeting Indian Standards;
(zzt) "watt" is a unit of active power and"MW"meansmegawattand;is:equal
to J0
6
watts. . .
193
Chapter II
. 3. Designating person(!!) to operate and carry out the work on electrical lines
andapparatus.-(l} A supplier or a'consumer, or the owner; agent or n;anager of
a mine, or the a,gent of any company operating in an oil-field or the owner of a
.drilled well in an oil field or a contractor who has entered into a contract with a
supplier or. a to carry out duties incidental to the generation,
transformation, transmission, converSion, distribution or use of electricity shall
designate persons for the to operate and carry out the work on electrical
lines and apparatus.
(2) .The supplier. or consumer, or the owner, agent or manager of a mine, or the
agent of any company oil;.field or the owner of a drilled well in an-
oil field or a contractor referred to on sub:'regulation (1) shall niajntaina'register
wherein the names of the designated persons and the p\llPose for which they are
engaged, shall reentered. . ..
(3) No person shallbe designated undersub;.regulatio_n(liunless,-
(i) he possesses a certificate of competency or electrical work pennit,
issued by the Appropriate Government. .
. .
(ii) his name is entered in the register referred to in sub-relgulation (2).
.4. Inspection of designated officers and other safety-measures.- (1) The register
maintained under sub-regulation (2) of regulation 3 shall be produced befoie the
Electrical InspeCtor when required by him.
(2) If on inspection, the Electrical finds that the designated person does
not fulfill the required qualification, he shall recommend the removal of the name
of such personsttomthe register.
\
s. Electrical Safety Officer.- (1) All suppliers of electricity including generating
companies, fIansmission companies and distribution companies shall designate an
Electrical Safety Officer for ensuring observance of safety measures specified
under these regula.tions in their organisation for construction, operation and
ofpower' stations, sub-stations, transmission and distribution lines.
Electrical Safety Officer shall be Engineering degree holder
with adeast ten years ofexperience in operation and mahltenance of electricity
plarits or ariElectrical Engineering Diploma holder with at least fifteen years of
experience\n operation and mamtenance ofelectric plant. '
(3) the Safety Officer designated under sUb-regu.lation (I), shall ensure
periodic inSPection of such installations, get them tested and keep a record thereof
and such records shall be made available to the Electrical Inspector if and when
required. .. .
(4) Fot everyfactory registered under Factory Act, 1948,where mere than 250
kW ofelectrical load is connected, the management ofthe factory shall designate a
persQnhaving qualification specified in sub-regulation (2), for ensuring the
3747 G1/1D-25
.. [P_ lll-Soo:. 41
oWuoana: of lbe safety pnMAcIao Iaicl IInlier Ibo: Ad IIlDd the rqulltiaal made
lhereuncIer, ..110 IlIaIl pe.iodicaDy inIpect sucb in..,l1atim, get tbem teIIed ud
keep -..rd lbeNof and lOCh nlC'OIlk ahall be .......vaillble to the
In$pcctof ifaDd ... hen rtql<iJ-ed.. .
6. Safely meUunI r.... openUoo IDd malntelllllce of dKlrlc pl.nu,- (I)
EnlliMeT5 and 5upervilOTS .ppointcd 10 opemte or undertake maintenance orany
pan or whole of. tbc:nrt.ll pow<:r gtnmlling station and a hydro power plant
1OpIh with the UJOCiated shall bold diploma in Enginccri0a from I
.erogJlized inmlutc, orackgree in from I unMnity.
(2) I =aeatifi<:;akin
IP9'OV'.re lrade, pRknbIy ";d!. two roan """'I.e &om. Incluwiol Training
InstiNte rewgai2:td by !be CmttaI (io>ClWSItiJt or lbc S""o Go.e,uwelll.
(3) EngiDeen, IllperviJon &lid TechnicianI cnpa:ed for opemiOIl and
mainte.......,., of electric plantl obould have ruoca.afIilly IlI1derr;onc the type of
u specified in ScbeduJe.I.
Provided thaI the existing employees sbaJi h.ave to undergo tbe tnoining
mentioned in sub-regulation (3) withill,three yean hom the dale of coming mlO
Com: of lbese
(4) Tbe Cl'NJI of ew:ry IbemlaJ. po'I'"el' eenmolin& IWion and hydro p"m
IQpd>er with their auociatcd out>catiau sball. uranp for ninina of palOla>d
cnpged in lIE opentiaa aDd of !lis IJcna 'tOith
anocio.1Od ..,b-rtatioa ia hi, own ilmi_or Ill)' odacr irulitulC by tho
CalmGovmmx:nl or the SUle Govemmmt.
Provided WI ICpITile lI1inina Illall be giw.n to the penool engaged in
<lpeTlliQn and rnainlCtuloec of thel1llll1 power ltalioru and hydro power Itotioll5
Including associattd sub-stations.
7. Sf,ftty llleMura for optrMioD I,Dd mahlltnntt or traMmI'!lSIOD, dlstrlbulloa
1)'Ilt-..- (1) fn&inc:en or ..,puvin enpged in "P"t"tion. and mainccnan<:e of
trallSlllission m:I distribuUon systems L'lall hold diploma i. tkclri<:al. lllIlI'''oiaol,
clccll"Orlies and frola _'Vim! illlllwte U"
IIIlivtnity.
(2) lbo TechnicianllO assi" etl&ineenor Rlptn'iIOl1l ..... posIl".5&.
appropriate Indo, p",r."..bly with I !'NO oouno froID. Induwiil fuining
IJ\$litulc reOOgrtizcd by Ibe Central Govtmmenfor Slilt
(3) Engineers, $upc:rliisolS and Technitians tnpged for operation and
flIa;DtellllDt<: of tr.......iuion aId distribution 5)'llltIDS electric planu IIhoIIld bl""
tho: type of traini"ll as specified in Schedule-lL
Provided that the niinl cmpIoyees shall u ..... 10 IIIJderBo the tnmm;
1DC:lltK-d irllUb-ftp.La1iool (J) ...ithm liIm: yean from !be dale of comillI iDIlJ
of!lese lq\llationa.
195
...
:<
.
(4) Owner ofevery transmission or distribution system shall arrange for training of .
their personnel engaged in the operation and maintenance of transmission and
distribution system in his own institute or any other institute recognized by the
Central Government or State Government.
8. Keeping of records and inspection thereof.- (1) The generating company
licensee shall maintain records of the maps, plans and sections relating to supply or
transmission of electricity alld submit the same to the Electrical Inspector for
inspection as and when required by him.
(2) The Electrical Inspector shaH supply a copy of the report of inspection referred
to in sub-regulation (1), to the generating company or licensee, 'as the c,ase m.ay be..
9. Deposit of maps. - Wilen: :' kense has been granted, two sets of maps showing, as
regards such the particulars specified in. application for licernse .shall be
signed and aated to correspond with the date of notification of the grant of the
license by an officer designated by the Appropriate Commission in this behalf, one
set of such maps' shall be retained by the said officer and the other one shall be.
furnished to the licensee.
Deposit of printed copies.- (1) Every person who is granted a license, shall,
within thirty days of the grant thereof, have copies of the license and maps,
showing the of supply as specified in thelicense to Exhibit I same for public
inspection at all reasonable times at his head office, his local offices, if any, and at
the office of every local authority within the area of supply..
(2) Every such licensee shall, within the aforesaid period of thirty days, slipply
free of charge one copy of the license along with the relevant maps to every iocal
authority within the area of supply and shall also make necessary arrangement for
the' sale of printed copies of the license' and maps to all persons applying for ttJ,e
same, at a price to benotified by the Appropriate Government from time to time.
11. Plan for area of supply to be made and kept open for inspection.- (1) The
licensee shall,after commencing to supply electricity, forthwith cause a plan, to be .
made in electronic foim, of the' area of supply, and shall cause to be marked
thereon the alignment and iIi the case of underground works, the approximate
depth below the surface of all the existing electric supply lines, street distributing
boxes and other works, and shall onCe in every year cause that plan to be duly
corrected so as to show the electric supply'lines, street distributing boxes amd other
works for the time being in position and shall also,. if sO required by an Electrical .
Inspector, cause to be made sections showing the approximate level of all his
existing underground works other than service lines.
(2) Every plan, shall be iJrawn to such horizontal, and vertical scale as the
Appropriate Commissiob
. .
Provided that no scale.shall be required unless maps of the locality on that
scale are for the time being available to the public...
(3) Every plan andsection so made or corrected, or a copy thereof, marked with
the date when it was made or corrected; shall be kept by the licensee at his
: ....-
I
i
I
I
i
..-.:.,-- ....-. .. ..
196 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-8EC: 4]

principal office or place of business within the area of supply, and shall at. all
reasonable times be open to the inspection of ail applicants, and copies thereof
shall be supplied.
Provided that eXIstIng aild old plans and sections and underground
distribution network shall be converted to electronic fonn within three years frOn1
the date of commencement of these regulations. .
"
(4) Global Positioning System (GPS) mapping mapping through any other
.latest technology, of existing and old plans and sections shall be comple,ed within
. five years from the date of commencement of these.regulations and new plans and
sections shall be compatible to the Global Positioning System mapping or
mapping through any other latest technology.
.(5) The Jicenseeshall,' if required by an Electrical Inspector, and, where the
licensee is not a local authority, by the local authority, if any, concerned, supply
free of charge to such Electrical Inspector or' local authority a duplicate copy of
every such plan or section or a part of the same du1ycorrected.
(6) The copies of plans and sections under this regillation shalt be supplied by the
licensee to every applicant on the payment of such' fee as the Appropriate
Commission may, by regulation,specify.
ChapterW
GeneralsBfetyrequirements,
12. General safety requirements. pertaining to construction, installation,
protection, operation and maintenance of electric supply' lines . and
apparatus.- (1) All electric supply lines and apparatus. shall be of sufficient
rating:__for power, insulation arid estimated fault cuneot and of sufficient
riiecluinical strength, fQr the duty cyCle which they may be required to perform
under the envtronrtlental conditions' of installation, and shall be constructed,
. protected, worked and maintained in such a manner aSio ensure safety
ofhuttlati beings, animals and property.
(2)Save as otherwise provided in these regulations, the relevant code of practice
of the Bureau ofIndian Standards or National Electrical Code, if any, may be
followed to carry' out the purposes of this .regulation and in the event of any
inconsistency, the provisions ofthese regulaions shall prevail. .
(3 ) 11te n)aterial and apparatus used shall confOrnl to the reIt:vant specifications of
the Indian Standards or International Ele1ctro-Technical Commission
where s,uch specifications have alreadybeen laid down.
(4) AU electrical equipment shalt be installed above the Mean Sea Level (MSL) as
declared by local Municiple Authorities and where such equipment is to be
installed in the baseinent, consumer shall ensure that the design of the basement
'. ",
.. .--.-,.
197
,should be such that there is n9 seapage or leakage or logging of water in the
basement. '
Service lines and apparatus on consumer's premises.- (1) The supplier shall
ensure that all electric supply lines, wires, fi:tlipgs and apparatus belonging to him
or linder his control,' which are on a consumer's premises, are in a safe-condition
and in all respects fit for supplying electricjty and the supplier shall take
precautions to avoid danger arising on such' premises from' such supply' lines,
wires, fittirigs and apparatus. '
(C.) Service lines placed by' the supplier on the premises of a consumer which are
underground or which are accessible shall be so insulated and protected by the
supplier as to be sequred under all ordinary' conditions against electrical,
mechanical, chemical or other injury to the insulation.
(3) The consumer shall, as far as circumstances permit" take precautions for the
safe custody ofthe equipment on his premises belonging to'the supplier.
(4) The consumer shaH also ensure the installation under his control is
maintained in a safe condition. '
14; Switchgear on consumer's premises.- (1) The supptier shall provide a suitable
, switchgear in each conductor of every service line other than an earthed or
\ v neutral coriduCtor or the earthed external conductor of a concentric cable within a
\\ consumer's premises, in an accessible position arid such switchgear shall be
within an adequately enclosed fireproof receptacle:
Provided that where more than one consumer is supplied through a
common serVice line, each such consumer shall' be provided with an independent '
switchgear at the point ofrigid junction to the common service.
(2) Every electric supply line other than the earthed or earthed neutral conductor
of any system or the earthed external conductor of aconcentric cable, shall be
protected by a suitable Switchgear by its owner. ' ' '
15. Identification ,of earthed and earthed, neutral conductors andpositlon- of,
switches and switchgear therein.- - 'the conductors include an earthed-
,conductor of atwo-wiry system or an earthed neutral conductor of a multi-wire
sys.tem or' a conductor which is to be connected thereto, the following conditions
shall be complied with:- '
(1) an indication of a permanent nature shall be provided by the owner of
the earthed or earthed neutral conductor, or the conductor which is to be
connected thereto, to enable such conductor to be distinguisbed from any live
conductor and such indication shall be
(a) where the earthed or earthed neutral conductor is the property of the
supplier, at or near the point ofcommencement of supply; .
' -_.__,_ -'-- ._-
198 TIlE GAZETTE-OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART III-,------SEC. 4]
(b) where a conductor forming part of a consumer's system is to be
- connected to the supplier's earthed or earthed neutral conductor, at the
point where such conneetion is to be made;
-(c) in all other cases, at a point -corresponding to the point of
commencement ofsupply or at such other points as may be approved by
an Electrical Inspector.
(ii) no cut-out, link or switch othe_r than a linked-switch arranged to operate
simultaneously on the earthed or earthed neutral .conductor and live
conductors shall be inserted -or remain inserted in-any earthed or earthed-
neutral conductor of a two wire-system or in any earthed or earthed neutral
conductor of a multi-wire system or iiI any conductor connected thereto.
Provided that the above requirement shall not apply in case of-
(a) a link for testing purposes, or
(b) a switch for use incontrolling a generator or transformer.
16. Earthed terminal on consumer's (1) The supplier shall provide and
maintain on the consumer's premises for the consumer's use, a suitable earthed
terminal in an accessible position at <?r near the point of commencement of supply.
-Provided that in the case of installation of voltage exceeding 250 V the
consumer shall, in addition to the aforementioned earthing arrangement; provide-
his own earthing system with an independent electrode.
- Provided further that the supplier may not provide any earthed terminal in
the case of installations already connected to his system on or before the date to be
specified by the State Government in this behalf if he is satisfied that the
consumer's earthing arrangement is efficient.
(2) The -consumer shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent mechanical
damage to the earthed terminal and its lead belonging to the supplier.
(3) The supplier may; recover from the consumer the cost of installation- on the
basis of schedule of charges published by him in advance and where such schedule _
of charges is not published, the procedure laid down, in regulation 63 shall apply. -
- - -
EXPl:nation.- .For the purPoses of sub-regulation (1), the expression "point of
comm ncement of supply of electricity" shall mean the point at the incoming
termi 1of the switchgear installed by the consumer. - -
17. Accessibility of bare conductors.': Where bare conductors are used in a building,
the owner of such conductors shall,-
(a) ensure that they are inaccessible;
---..
['lWT I1I-(!iUS 4] . 199
19.
..
'.
..
.(b) provide in readily accessible position switches fot rendering them dead
whenever necessary; and
(c) take such other safety measures as are specified in the relevant Indian
Standards.
18. Danger Notices.- The owner of every installationof voltage exceeding 250 V shall
affix permanently in a conspicious position a danger notice in Hindi 'or English and
the local languageof the District, with a sign of skull and bones of a design as per
IS -2551 on- .
(a) every motor, genera!or;transformer and other electrical plant and
equipment together with apparatus used for controlling or regulating the same;
(b) all supports of overhead lines of voltage exceeding 650 V which can be
easily climbed upon without the aid ofladder or special appliances;
. .'
(c) lumin01,ls tube sign requiring supply, X-ray and similar high frequency
installations of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV: . .
Provided that where it is not possible to affix such notices on any
generator, motor, transformer or other apparatus,they shall beaffixed as near
as possible thereto,or the .word 'danger' and the voltage of the apparatus
concerned shall be permanently painted 011 it:
Provided f!lrther that where the generator, motor, transformer or other
apparatus is within an one notice affixed to the said' enclosure shaH
be sufficient for the purposee of this regulation. .' .
Explanation- For the purpose of Clause (b) rails, tubular poles, wooden
supports, reinforced cement. concrete poles without steps,' I-sections and
channels, shaH be deemed as supports wbich cannot be easily climbed upon
Handling of electric supply linesand apparatus.- (l) Before any conductor or
apparatus is bandIed, adequate precautions shall be taken, by earthing or other
suitable means, discharge electrically s1,;ch conductor or apparatus, and any
or apparatus if there is ,dal:ger therefrom; and to prevent any-
conductor or apparatus from being or inadvertently electrically
charged when are working thereon.
(2) Every person who is working on an eiectricsuppiy line or apparatus or both
shall be prOVIded With tools and such as gloves, rubber shoes', safety belts,
. ladders, earthing. devices, helmets, line testers, hand lines and the like, for.
protecting him from mechanical. and electrical injury and such tools and devices
shall always be maintaine? in sound and working condition.
(3) No person shall work on,any live electric supply line or apparatus and no
.-person shail assist such person on such work, unless he is designated in that
behalf, and takes the safety precautions given in Schedule-III.
-----_.._--'. -.-- '-"'-
. .
" _. __. , .. _..._" ,.. ,.. _ ,.,..:-::::.:::...--=: .., " _ ,,". :_-::--=..-: ;. ..: .. . _.
200 THE GAZEITEOF INDIA: EXTAAORDINARY
(4) Every telecommunication line on supports carrying Ii line of voltage exceeding
650 V but not exceed,ing 33 kV shall, for the purpose of working thereon, be
deemed to bea line of voltage exceeding650 V. .
(5) All carrying metal parts of switchgear and contt:ol paneluhall be
properly earthed and insulating floors or mat conforming to 18-15652: 2006, of
appropriate voltage level shall be provided in front of the panels for the safety of
operating persoimel. .
(6) All panels shall be painted with the description of its identification at front and
at the rear.
20. Supply to vehicles lind cranes.- Every petson owning'a vehicle, travelling crane,
or the like to which electricity is supplied from an external source shall ensure that
. it is efficiently controlled by a suitaple switch enabling all voltage to be cut offin
one operation and, where such vehicle, travellingcrane- or the like runs on metal
raiis;. the owner shall ensure that the rails are electtically continuous and earthed.
21. Cables for portable or transportable apparatus.- (1) Flexible cables shall not
be used for portable or transportable motors, generators, transformers, rectifiers,
electric drills, electric sprayers, welding sets or any other portable or transportable
apparatuS' unless they are heavily . insulated .ap.d .adequately protected from
mechanical injury.
(2) Where the protection is by means ofmetaliiccovering; the covering shall be in .
.metallic connection with the frame ofany such apparatus an"d earthed.
(3) The cables shall be three core type and four core type for portable and
transportable apparatus working on singie phase and three phase' supply
respectively and the wire meant to be used for ground connection shall beJeasily
identifiable.
22. Cables, protected by bituminous materials.- (1) Where the supplier or the owner
has brought into use an electric supply line, oilier than overhead line, which is
not completely enclosed in a continuous metallic covering connected with earth
and is insulated or proteCted in situ by. compositicm or material of a bituminous
.. .
(i) any pipe, conduit, or the like into whichsuchelectricsnpply line may
have been or placed shalJ; unlessotherimangementsare approved
by theElectricalInspector in any particular'case; be effectively sealed at its,
point of entry into any.StTeet box so as to prevent any flow of gas to or'
,from the street box, and; .. .
(ii) such electric supply line shall be periodically inspected and tested
where accessible, and the result of each .suchitispection and test shall be
. duly the supplier or theowner.
(2) The supplier or the owner after the coming into force ofUlese regulations, shall
not bring into use any further electric supply line as aforesllld,whichis insulated or
,.
['lWT
..
t
"
protected in situ by any compositi'on or material known" to be liable to produce
noxious or explosive gases on excessive heating.
. .
23.- .Street boxes.- (1) Street boxes shall not contain gas pipes, shaH
he taken to prevent, as far as reasonably possible, 'any influx of water or gas.
(2) Where electric supply lines forming part of different systems pass through the
same street box; they shall be readily distinguishable'fromoi1e another and all
electric supply lines of voltage exceeding 650 Vator in street boxes shall be
adequately supported and protected so as to prevent risk ofdamage to or danger
from adjacent 'electric supply lines. .... .' .
'(3) All street boxes'sluillberegUlarlx. inspectedfor'thepurpose.of detecting the
presence of gas and if any irifluxor accUmulation' is: discovered, the' owner shall
give immediate notice to any authority. or company who have gas mains in the .
neighbourhood of the street box and incases' where a street 1?oxis large enough to
admit the entrance of a person after the electric supply lines or apparatus therein .
have been placed in positio.n, llI11ple provision shall be made;,,' . .
(i) .' to ensure may by accident have access to
the box shall escape before a person'is allowed to enter; and
(ii). for the prevention of d8.nger from spadcing. .
(4) The owners of all street boxes or pillars containing circuits or app.atus shall
ensure th8t their covers and doors are kept closed andlocke<;i and are so' provided
that they can be opened' by means of a key or a special appliance: .Ail!"
..
24. Distinction of different cIrcuits.- The owner of every generating sub-
station, junction-box or pillarin which there ate any circuits or apparatus, whether
intended for operation at different voltages or at the same voltage, shall ensure by
means of indication of a: penmlnent nature that the respective circuits are readily
distinguishable fromorie another.
25. Disttnction of the installations having more than one The owner of every
. installation including sub-station, double pole structure, four pole or any
having more than one feed, shall ensure by means ofirtcijcanorfofa
. permanent natui'e
t
tlJat the installation is readily distinguishable 'frOm ."
. 'instaUationS ..
26. Accidental charging.- (l) The. owners' of all. circuits and apparatus shall so.
arrange them that there shall be no danger ,of any part thereof becoming
accidentally charged to any voltage beyond the limits of voltage for which they are
iJitended.. '. '.
(2) Where alternating current and direct current circuits,are installed on the same
. .' box or support, they.. shall so arranged ,and protected that they shall :not come
.. into contact with each other when live. '" ..', .
:. .."', ..
':i .
. Provisions applicable to protective equipment.- (1) Fjre buckets filled with
clean drY sand anqready for immediate use for extinguishing fires,:in, addition to
, fire extinguishers for dealing with fires, shall' be conspicuously marked
3747
,: ..!
--.... -_.... ..;!;. .....
202
THE GAZETIE OF 'INDIA': EXTRAORDINARY
[PART III----SEC. 4]
: ... .. ".
and kepHn all generating stations, enclosed sub-stations and swityhing-stations in
convenient location.
:.,::
(Z), Jbe, fire shall :flS per relevant
, ,,;: r;>: yearan4iecord of
,":: ':,'0" ".:.. :" .. :': :'" :.", .... ' .. ::.;. ",:.,:: .
c" ;:""" .(3) ',First.,aid pr cupboards with such
:', ..: ":),': contentS,!lsthe'-State,Government 'may shaH'be,proviq.eq)ind maintained
",';' ,., station, enclosed sub-station; 'enclosed"switching'station and in
vehicles used lilies s(> <:luring all
::,', <,' working, hours, and all such boxes and case of
," "
"L', ' pe(sons who are trained in mst-aid treatment and one"of such persons ,sl1aIlbe
available during working hours. . i 'i ,';,:,: ;'."":".' -, '",:,
be .and
. .' maintained at accessible placesm. every generating station with capacity of
5 . MW and above and enclosed sub-station . of
5:"MvAand above for use in the event of fire ," ,',
. . ,. . -. . '. .. - . . '. '. : '-,. ;..... : ....:., .".. , . .
',", Proyidedthat where more'than 5MW and
above is installed in a power station, each.generator shaH he iMd with :it least
two seplmlte. gas masks in an accessible . ,
. '. . . ':." . -... -:.' .";" .
". "; !.. : "."" .:
Provided further that adequate number he provided by
,,' . ,the owrieratevt;ry generating station and iess
. than, 5MW andS MYA respectively. '. .; ,.
28. Di$play of instructionsforresoscitation of persons':suffering-.frontelectric
" ' {IyInstructions, in English or Hindi and,the local language of the District
. ,',:, and where is the local language, iuEnglish'andHindifor:the resuscitation of
.:-: . persons sufferingfrotn electric shock, shaUbe affixed: by: :the' owner in a
, : 'conspicuous place in every 'generating station, enclosed .sJlb.,statioD, enclosed
'. switching station, mines and in every factory as section 2'
, of the FactoryAct.1948 (63 of 1948) in which is use,d.and irfsuch other
premises where electricity is used as the, Electrical Inspector may, by notice in
writing served on the owner, direct. ".,,'
" . .....
(2) , The ,owner of every generating
sWitching station and every factory or iwhich, .
/,apply,; shall ensure that all designated pers0J.1s'employed by, him- 'are acqQainted
with andaie competent to apply the iristructionsreferred to in (I),
.:!; ... ,....
(3) In everymamied generating station; Stib-statioJioqwitehingstation of voltage
exc.eeding -650 V, an artificial respirat9r lpro.vided'and.:kept in good
.
29.preeautions to' be adopted by consumers, 'occupiers, ' electrical
" )' 'contractors, electrleal workmen. and' (lfNo'e'lectridal installation
work, including additions, altemtionS, repairs' and adjustments to existing
installations, except stich replacement switches, domestic
-, .-
.'
.
,.
.. '
['lWT 203
c "
..
, -

appliances of yoltage not exceeding 250V and' fittings' as. in' no' way alters its.
capacity or character. shillI be carrledoutupon the premises of or on behalf of any
consumer, owner or occupier for the purpose ofsupplytQ such consumer,
supplier, owner or occupier' except by an electrical contractof licensed in this
behalf by the Govenunent, and under the direct supervisit;)n()f a person .
holding a certificate-of and byaperson holding-Ii permit issued or
recognised by the State Goverriment.
. , - " : ..
. Provided that in the works for, .behalf of the
Central. Govemme.nt . '.' in _the __- of installations. in -mipes, _oil fields and
railways, the Central Goventment- an<;liri other cases the State Government, may,
.l.?y notification in the Ofncial on such conditions as it may
-. impose; any such '. work - generally or in the case of ilny .
.-. specified class-of consumers, supplie,rs,owners' or occupiers. .
(2) No electrical installation wo;k has been out in contravention of
sub-regulation (1) shall either be energised or coiuiected to .. the works of any
supplier.' '.. .'
.:..: i.' :
30. Periodical inspection -and!testing -of installations.- (1) Where an installation is
already connected to the . supply' system of the supplier or trader; every such
installation shall be peribdicial1y'irtspected and tested at intervals not exceeding
five years either by the Electrical Inspector or by the' supplier as may be directed _
by the State Government in this behalf or' in case of installations belonging to,
or under the control of the CentialGovernment, and in the Case of installation in'
mines, oilfieldsahd railways,by the Central Governinent. . . ' .-'."
. "'. ..
, ...
, (3) Where the supplier is. directed iwthe Central or the State Goveriunent, as the
case may be, to inspect and test the installation, he shall report on the condition of
'the installation to the consumer concerned intheForms I, II and III as specified in
Schedule-IV and shall submit a copy of such report to' the Electrical Inspector;
- .
(4) The Electrical Inspector may, on receipt of such report, accept the report
,submitted by, the supplier 'Qrrecord variations theciicumstances bfeach case
may require and may recommend that the, defects may-be ractified as per report;
. , (5) In event of the failure of the owner of any installation to rectify the defects
in his installBtion pointed. out by,the Inspector in his report and 'within
the time indicated such installation, shall be liable to ' be. disconnected
under the directions of the Electrical' Inspector' after' serving the owner of
with a notice for not less than forty eight .hours. .
'. ' .' Providedtliat the in case an appeal is
-, made under 0)' o(rule (8) of "Qualifications, .Powers and Functions of
, Chief Electrical Inspector and Electrical 'Inspectors issued by Central Government
vide GSR 481 (E) .dated 17.08.2006 and the appellate authority, has stayed the
, prdeTS of disconnection. . . .
:. :
--- ---_..._--_. __._-_ ....
204 THE GAZElTE OF INDIA": EXTRAORDINAR'y [PART III"-soc. 4J
31. Testing of consumer'sinstaUatlon.- (1) Upon receiptor itn application for a
, , new or .additional supply of electricity and before connecting the or
; Ale,S!'t,Qeafter apeppd, pfsix j test the
when the
'. , <same: has by .
.... i' . . ". - . -- . .. . . - . _.. . .
(2) The supplier shall maintain a record of test results obtained at each supply
point t() a consumer, in aSchedtile"-V. .
.)

... :.;. ..... :' .. ."," .' .....:. ..

(3)' If as a result of sucQ inspection and test, the supplier is satisfied that the
installation is likely to be tiangerous, he shall serve. on Pte applicaD.t,a notice in
Writing requiring him to make such render the
:'_'C: ..installatiQn,safe:.,and may refuse to supply until the
, ,,>.' , reqQh:ed'I1)Qdificati9ru.' have been compleied':-::':S!'Y;'
of which generating
. units will' be required to be inspected by' the ElectIi.cal 'Inspector before
commissioning shall be as per the notification to be issued .by the' Appropriate
Government, under clause.(x) .sub-section septjQP' 17 and sub-section (1), of
.' -': ;', .'
...
"." : !i -', ..- . .
.... .',.::':-.:-
.' .: ....
Chapter'IV'-' ; ;'
General conditions relating to sUPI)Jy aild'userltelectricity
: - .' . ..-.".., ....'.-:.':: .' .
....
i .
33. Precautions against leakage beforeconnection.- 0). TlIe suppner shall not
connect with. his works .theinstallation;or'appara1:us tile :premises of any
.. ilpplicant for supply unless he is will not at
'. the.timeof making the connection tb,aLinstallation or
:apparatus .of a magnitude detrimental tosl1fety. which, shaJtbe .. checked by
. , .".;' ;measuring the installation resistance. as .under,": i.' ;"; c, ':':;.' y ';'/ I, ,:'
I'
(i) all equipments shan have the insUlation resistaIice(IR) va1ue as stipulated
in the relevantIndian Standards; .". ",,<,' -" ,;' , .'
.. -'. (ii)onapplication 0500 V DC betweeneach'live; cOIidii"Ctot:andearth for a
period of one minute the insulation resistance of installation and equipment of
voltage not exceeding 650 Vshall MEGAQ!IM'or.as specified
in the: I;eleyantIndian Standard; . .:. ,..... .
.... ' ;.I,.;,' .' , " .'- . , -; ..:.:'<:'.. ;" "... .
':fw): o:rl 2.5 kVDC and earth for
.aperiod .ofone minute, the insulationre$istauc.e,Qf,iiistaUationan4.equipment
.'.rif 650 V but 5 MEGA
or as specified in the ."
4, : ,'.' . .,' - -.,
. (2) If the Supplier declines to makea of sub-
. regulation (1) he shall convey to the for So
declining.".., ..,.. ,:" ""l.,:;, ", '::. ; ':', '.
;- , ;" ..:.:.';
.
. .; ,', .. .. ., .. ,.

.205.
"
.,
.r-

34. Leakage on consumer's premises. (1) If the Electrical In'spector or the supplier'
has reasons to believe that there is leakage in the system of a consumer which is
likely to injuriously the use of electricity by the supplier or by other persons,
or which is likely to cause danger, he may giye the consumer notice fn writing that
"c.::'." . he .0._'" '.,
. .!. .:. .."...., - '. t . ... :.' ': : ", i . ' :: .'
(2) . the 'ali reasonable
facilities for iD$p:POIl of his installation, .or .when an insulation
resistance of iO\\i 'tQ. prevent safe use. of
electricity, the suppliei, tPay,: ,if directed the Electrical Inspector
., sl).aU discontinue to the installatibt'i buionly'ilfter giving to
. the consumer fortY' eighi'}ioilifhoficeln .writing: Of .of supply and
.shall not recommence the supply he or the Electrica,l Inspector is satisfied
,.);:$\t the cause .. ,t " .
-. - ,
;, .. i . '. ;:! ). i ; .= -": .1 :: ; . ,.' . :.. ,
3S,Supply and (1) The shall be supplied,
transformed, converted, invet:tedor'used or continued to be supplied, transformed,
converted, inverted or used unless the.-conditipn$ (2)
to (8)arecompliedwith.u';i':':"::;'::'.,' '::,;.,.;; .:.' .
(2) The' following capa<?itytQ th(: shall
. be piacedasnear a,s pojp,t of commencement of sl:lPP{Y so as to
... ' . be readily c<,mpIetely' isolate the
". . . supply to being inadditi<,m to' any equipment
installed for or apparatus, nam,e1Y:;': : .," :.
.f
... ,
..' . .'.':
(i) a linked. switch.witllofuse ora circuit breaker of
.voltage which dbeSJiot exceed 650 V; ;.. f .;..,
.(ii) a linked sWiteh\Vitiidilse or a circuit breaker by a consumer or
voltage exceeding 6S0V' but not exceeding 33 kY having aggregate
installed transformer or apparatus capacity up ,to. 1000 KVA to be
supplied at voltagenpto 11 kV and -2500 KVA at higher voltages (above
UkV .. ' ..
. . ..... :; -, :. ' . ...'. . ::':' '..,'..: "
.; ';
, .. -..
, .
(Iii) a exceeding 65Q. V but not
exceeding 33 ;kV .haVing an' aggregate and
apparatus capaCity 1lPQye,;,JOOO, .aAd, supplied upto 11
.., 'kV and not
, "'.' .,.' .
. ,
.-'- ;
',:'
. s\lpply and the
one iiilked 'switch willi 'fuse: or circuit .
.breaker neaitli. PQin(qf c(nnmellcetheritof s.upply shall be
, . , " "J; _ :._ ._. .
:,;..i.
. ' :.'" ;:' f .. i . .; ':' :.
---------------+"...."..---------,..--...-.--:.,....r.-"._.-_..:.--._ .
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-SEC. 4]
(3) In case ofevery transformer the following shall be provided; namely:-
. ....
. .
'. ..
': .
, (i) on primary side for transformers a linked withf).lseQf circuit
'.;" ' , ,,'. ,'; , ' , , " '
, ,
,', -,' :", ,',: Provide9 that the'; switch' of the
, transfOrmer may be of sucti capacity'as full. currerit and
to maanetising cmento! the' transformer: ".,
-'.j"
": hoViiei further that ",; -,", -.
.' '. . :. - ::.., ," '; .: ' .. ; . -.: . '. . .
, (a), having a capacity of SOOO,KNA-and above installed before the
year 2009; and '.., ,.;, . .
,(b) having a 1000 KYA' and aliov.e"fustaUed:'!ri'o; the
year 2000, a circuitbreaker,shal(be'provjdeC(:, "..' " -', "
, ,, Provided alSo that the the
ttansfonner shali'nGt required 'for transformer and
generator transfonner;
- . . ." ..
, (ii) inre,spect of all installedin or after the year 2000, on the
secondary side of all transformers rating shall
,be installed; , .", ' , '
. ",
Provided that fOr transfonners of capacitY below 1000
KVA, a linked with' fuse or cirCuit breaker of adequate, rating
shall be installed on secondary side. ' "
...., :
I
I
i
-=--- .-- -. .
"(4)Exceptin the case of composite control gear designed unit each distinct
to be protected against excess energy1)ymeans of suitable cut-out or a
circuit breaker of adequate breaking capacity Silitably, located and so constructed
as to prevent d8nger from overheating, arcing or scattering of hot metal when it
comes into operation and to pennit for ready renewal of the, fusible metal, of the
cut-out without danller. .
'.' .
(5) The supply of electricity to each motor or, a group of motors or other apparatus
meant for operating one particularmachille'shall 1>Y a suitable linked
switch or a circuit breaker or an emergency tripping reset of
, requisite capacity placed in such apOsition,as,U> be adjacent to ;the motolor a
group ofmotors or other apparatus readily to operated by the
incharge and so connected in its means all supply of
'electricity.can be cut off from the motor or gr()?P ()flIlotors or apparatus from any
regulating switch, 'resistance of other device associated therewith.
'(6) All insulating materials 'shall be spedal regard, to the
circumstances ,of their use' and" their ,mechanical strength shall be
, 4J 2f17
sufficient for purpose and safar as is practicable, of such Ii character or so
protected as'to maintain 'adequately their insulating property under all working
, conditions in respectoftemperatuteand moisture; and' "", ,':
._.C:
,<, ."
; ...,:'
, (7) AdeqUate precautions shan be taken toeI1ur"ethatno:live'parts are, s,o exposed
as to cause ' .,; '<""" ':
(8) Every consumer shall use alI reasonable means to ens\lre,that w.here electricity
'/ c, is supplied by other than, with
service lines and, apparatus, ,by 'the, ;stlPplier, pn illy, premises of the
consumer. ' ' ,
... . '. .. l :
36."ProvisioDS for in' more
, 15 metres in iilldvoltageQfs:upply above
;;:;',which inspection an :Electrical'Inspector for" a multi-
, storeyed bulding of more 'than fifteen meters,heigbt shall be' notified by the
Appropriate Government. ' '".-, :, " ,
(1) Before for, supply or
recommencement of supply has beendisconneGJedfor a period
"'; ,:: of or, ,QCupier ofa give
"not less than tJ:iirty writing to'the Electrical inspector specify therein
" the shall not be connnenced
, or recommenced without' the approval in writing of the
, " , Electrical Inspector. ," . "';: ,,';, .;, . ", , "" ," , '
or owner, of the _ i:p.e pointQf
commencement of suitiible' device to
operate on.aIl phases,e.xceptnell1:fc1l in,th,e ftxed in a
, conspIcuous position' at not more thim 1.70rnetresabove thc'grOfuld so as to
, completely isolate the supply, to thebuUding in case of emergency;,' . ,
"- .." .",' .....- . . ...
, '
(4) The owner' or occupie; building shall enstire that electrical
, installations and works inside are camedout and maintained insuch a'
, manner as to prevent danger: dl1e, to shock. and and the installation is
, "carried out in accordanqe 9fpractice. '
. .". . ',.! ' . '.'.; . ' ":
,- ... :' .(5) No along the ducts providedfQf
;" .: laying power cables and: aIrducts'proVi'oed'foi'power cables and other services
sltall be provided with fire barrier at each floor,cr9sing.
. . . t ;"" : '.
, Conditions' The
, ", following 'c'omp}ied of YQltage above
150 Vis 'L. , "
:' ;: t; . ","." "._ . . . ... ;.
"-" ;,' " (i) aU
enclosea 'in strcmg, which is
',' >. : electrically and'mech'anical1y continuous and' adequately protected against
"'t', the"said conductors are accessible only to an
designatedpersojJ.' or are As to prevent datiger:
, .' I : ." -.",. ..' . ': '. .
'".:':
\,"-: .." .... ",'
'. ( ..... .
'.;' :: . ...
-.; ".
, "
208
. ,z"
OFOOIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-8EC. 4)
. Provided that conduits conforming to the relevant Indian
Standard'Speeificationsmay be used for :voltage not
650Vi .. '0;;' .... . .
r >
: ' >.
". ".. :. "'.
(ii) aU'metal works, enclosing, or assOeiatedwith the .instaitation,
, other than that deSigned to serve asa conductQr. ,be .coJl1}ected.with an
. as per standards;laid down this
". :regardandtheprorisions ofregulation 41. , -. " .' ',. , .
"
(iii) Every switchboard shall comply with the following,-
: -...:". ":. ',."
... ::
" . (a).a clear space of-not less than one metre in.width.shallbe provided
: inftont of the switchboard; '''-.'' . . -' .
(b) if there are any attachments 'or bare connections at the back of
the' switchboard, the space, ifanYd>ebind the .switchboard shall be
either less than tWenty centimetres" or . more than' sevety five
centimetres in width, measured froriFthe farthest protruding part of
any or conductor; '. ,,' . . . .'
.(c) if the space behind the . exceeds sevety five.
centimetres in width, there ShaU'beil passageway from either end of
. the switchboard, clear to a height of 1.8 metres.
(iv) In case ofinstallations provided in.premises where inflariunab1.e materials
including' gases and chemicals are produced/handled' or stored,' the electriclli
installations, equipmentand apparatus sluil1coiriply with the -requirements of
flame proof, dust tight, totally enclosed ot any pther suitable type' of electrical
fittings depending upon the hazardous zones as per the relevant Indian Standard
Specifications. .: .. '. ' .
. . (v) Where anappliclltion has been made to a suppiier for supply of electricity to
any installation, he shall not commence the where the supply has'
been'discontinued for a period of months and above,. recommence the
. ". supply unless the consumer has complied with, in all the conditions of
,supplyset out inthese regulatiQns. ' .
- . . .
. . '.. '..", -." .
. '" .
(Vi) Wherea supplier prClposes to supply or use electricitY at or, to recommence
supply of voltage exceeding 250 V but not exceeding 650 V' after it has been
discontinued for' a period of six he' shall, before connecting or
the supply, give notice in writing. Of ,Sitch intention to the
Electrical Inspector..
. " ..';'. .
(vii}If at any time after conne'fting the supply; the supplier is satisfied that any
.. provision of these regulations are not being observed he shall give notice of the
same in writing to the .consumer and the Electrical'Inspector, specifying how
. the provisions have noi. been and to rectify such. defects in a
. reasonable time and if the consumer fails to rectify such defects pointed out, he
may discontinue the supply after giving the consumer a reasonable opportunity
..__.. _" ._ ._._.... _
"
"
.
.,.
..
['lJtT 4]

'>1
of being heard and recording reasons in Writing andthel supply shall be
discontinued only on written orders of an officer duly notifiled qy.the supplier
in this behalf and shilll be restored with all possible such defects are
rectified by the consumer to the of supplier.
38. t\.ppeal to Electrical'Inspector in regard to (1) .If any appiicjJllt for a
supply or a consumer is' dissatisfied with the action of the supplier in to
commence, to continue or torecoinmence'the supply of electricity to his. premises
on the grounds thatthe installation is. defective or is likely to be dangerous, he may
appeal to the ElectriCillInsi>ectodo test the installation and the supplier shall not,
if the Electrical Inspector intimates that the instalhitton' is'free' froin the defect or'
danger complained of, .refuse supply t9 the consumer on the grounds aforesaid,
and shall, within twenty' four hours aft<:i the receipt of such intimation fr9m the
Electrical Inspector, continue or recominence the supply ofelectricity.
(2) Any test for which has been made under' sub regulation (i), shall
be camed out within seven days lifterthe receipt of such application. . .
39. Precautions against failure ofsupply and notice of fal'ures.- (I) The layout of
tJte electric supply lines' of the supplier for .thesupply of eleCtricity throughout' his
area of supply shall tinder' nornllil working conditions be l'ectionaliSed and so
arranged, and provided withswit<::bgear or circuit-breakers, so located, as to
.restrict within reasonableli
ll1
itsthe extent of the portion of the system affected by
any failure of supply. '
(2) The supplier shall take all reasonable pre6autions to. avoid any
interruptions ofsupply, and also tl> 'avoid danger to the publIC or to,
. or designated person when' engaged on any operation' during and
with the installation, extension; replacement; repair and maintenance ofany works.
(3) The supplier shall send to the Electrical InsPector a notice of failure of sUpply
of such kind as the Electrical Inspector may from time to time require be notifed
to him, and such notice shall be sent by the earliest mode.ofcommunlcationafter
the failure occUrs or afterthe failure becomes known to the supplier and shall be in
the Form given in Schedule-VI. .
(4) For the purpose of testing 01' for any other purpose c()nnected with the efficient
working of the supplier'sjnstaltatlons,the supPlY of electricity may be .
discontinued .by. the supplier for such period as .may be necessary, subject to not
less than twenty four hours notic;ebeing given by the supplier to all consumers
. likely to be affected by suchdiioJltinuance: . ./
Provided that nosuchn()tioe 51)all be given in cases of emergency.
3747 GII1o-27
: 1.
-._--_._---- ._ -_.. - - .. - ..- _. __ _" ..
,.; .
. ..... ".
. ..
210 mE GAZETTE OF INDIA ;
. . .
CbapterV
. .
Safety provisions.foroelectrical .()f:voltage pot
. exceeding(jSO volts: .' ,
40. Test for resistance of insulation.- (.1) use at
:,voltages not exceeding 650 V for the
p.urpose .of.,add,iti.on. alteration or repair. .. s\.lpply)ine'shall not be
,1ecQunectedto,.tbe.,systern until the the test
prescribed under regulation 33. ,.....
. under sub.,regulation iinesexcept
overhead Insulated cables. unless the Inspector otherwIse directs in any
particular case. . ." ;" i.'
. "';., : . . . : ":., l-:.: . ": " .'.
earth.- The folloWing conditions. shall apply to the connection
with earth of systems at voltage normaily exceeding 125V:but..not exceeding 650
':' '..:. . . "',',. ;;; '.,;' 'F;': ....... I
. .
. . "(i)neuttal conductor of a 3-phase, arid conductor
of a 2-phase, system shall be earthed by not less than two separate
alid distinct connections with a minimUm oftwodifferenteilIth electrodes
. ,". ". 'or -s.uch:large nUttlber as may be the earth resistance to a
satisfactory value both at the generating station and at the substation.
. : eii) the earth electrodes so shiill' be to reduce
earth resistance. ...... ,. '. ; ,': , :
.'. " (iii) neutral conductor shall also be eartbedatone.orrnore points'along
;:'the;distribution-system or service line-in addition t6 any connection with
. earth which may be at the consumer's ..
"': .-; .
..
'.'
,::C' (iv)iri the case of a system comprising' electric: sl1pply lines having
concentric cables, the external conductor"of such cables, shall be earthed by
two separate and distinct connections with eaitit:(' .
"
,
.. ."
(v) . the connection with earth may include a link by means of which the
connection may be temporarily interrupted'fod:he 'purpose of testing or for
locating a fault:. .
.
, '(vir in a' direct current Uuee wire conductor shall be
earthed at the generating station from middle
cond.uclor to earth shall be of a recording
'ammeter, and if at any time the' current exceeds part of the
maximum $upply current, immediate be taken.to improve the
insulation of.the,system. . .. ' ' .. ,'. :," . . . ..-
. ..... .; ,. f .
(vii) where' the middle conductor is by of a circuit breaker
with a resistance connected in parallel,the not exceed ten
ohn;tsapdon the opening ofthe immediate steps shall be

i
,[ m'T 4]
,!
.
..
taken to improve the insulation of the system. and the circuit breaker shall "
be reclosed as soonas possible.
(viii) the resistance shall be used.onIy as a protection for the ammeter in
.case of earths on the system and until, such earth$are removed and
immediate:Steps<shaUbe taken to locate andtcmovcthe'e8rth: '
' ...' -.' .-.... ..... .". , ' .. -... .
(iX) in'the CiSe ofan alteniatingcuri'entsystem, there shall riot be inserted
intbe,conneeoon'with eiiith an:)fimped1lnce, othertlian that required solely
for the' operatiori;'ofswitchgear or irist1'uJIJ.ents, or circuit breaker,
and the result of any test made,to ascertain whether the current. if any.
passing through the cOhnecjioii,With earth is-normal;' shall beduly recorded
"'by the supplier; ,. ">,', ;" :: ': ' '
: . . ... ,.- " .... : ' -"- :
(x) no perSOnshail mike connection with earth by the aid of. nor shall he
keep iOn 'anywater'mains not belotiging to'him except with
, the consent of1:he 'oWilettlieteofllri<rofthe Electrical Itispector.
(xi)'- alternating 'cumrif which are connected 'with as
aforesaid shall be electrically interconnected:' .
" , ,,1' ;.:';";;':id.:.. ,;;':;5.'.'.:.', . ".
t,
',t' '".,
.. 0_::,,:.
Provided, that ;eac,h earth 'is bonded to the metal
sheathing and metallic armouring" if any,. of the electric supply' lines
l,,:,' : ,;,: . .
'(xii) the frame of every generator. 'stationaryniotorj portable motor, and,
the metallic partS/ribtinlerided as conductors,of alltransformers and any
electricity,' and all
ofvoltage exceeding '250 ',. but not
ex<?eedmg by'llie oWner by two separate and distinct
connections Wlthearth. . .
is.
25.0,' V and .where the, ,installations. are new or renovated, all plug
-<.:: ;......
. ... :.
....... .--,
&' TIlEGAZETIE OF INDIA: [PART m-8EC. 4]
"
shall be ofthe three pin type, and the third pin shallbe permanently
and efficientlyearthed. . ,
(xv), All systems shal.l,.;
," .... .
""'. . "> ;
. (a) 'conSist of cond'iidors capable'. of carrying
the"prospective earth fault current,and a group of pipes, rods and
electrodes for dissipatirlg 'the 'curient.f<?:the:gertera(mass of
. earth' without exceeding the allowable temperatUre Ifriiitii .asper
reievant Indian Standards, in .order' :tri"maintairt "alr non-:.ctitrent
.' '."; "'cariYiJig ;metal works' reasonably' earth potChtial' and.:to avoid
.dangerous'contact potentials being developed on such metal works;
. .. . -r; ..' . , .. '".:". ., .' ,'. ....
...
.... :".
:- .... '. '! -
'.. (1:) limit eArth resistance Sufficiently,low: to perniitadequate Jault
, 'c1irrent for:the operation of iri'time''2nd'to"reduce
neutral shiftitig; " :;;[';' ' . " ",.
". .' .... : .......;".' ..:. i: . . _,.: . .'::- ..
. ..(c) be meChanically strong. withstand c()I1;.osiQn: andretaiil electrical
. continuity during tile life of theinstalJationind ail earthing systems.
'. Shall be tested to ensure the electric supply
lines orapparatus are energised.. ' . ". . .
<,' ; .- .
(Xvi) all earthing systems belonging to the 8uppliershallin addition; be
. tested for resistance on dry' day' during the dry season not
, ', .... every two .',' , ,
" (XVl.i) a record o(every earth test reult be kept
. by "the suppJierfor a period tWoYe8rs,after the day of
.' .testing and:sball be availabie to the, required.
explanation:,. .The expression anll' appliance" shall
. ,. have the same meaning as is assigned to it .
.. '. : .',:':.
"!. " .' . . ".
42. pr9tectlve device. - The supply of .to
;installaa,on other than voltage not exceedii1g2S0 V below S kW and'those
'. initallations .of voltage. not :oxceeding 250 V' whicb. do not attract provisions of
seCnonS4()fthe Act, shall be,eontrolled'by an earth leakage proteetive device 50 .
as the supply wtantlyOil the; occuraJice: fault or leakage of
current::'. .' . ", .
Provided that such earth leakage protective device shall tl0t for
overhead supply lines protective effectively bonded to
. and' 73. .. .
, .
.'
.,
- ---_._.-..-.-_.-- -- - -.- _. -- - - --- __ . __L. _...
.
.
...-.-._---_._._- .........._-_._-
['lU'T 4]
"
ttrof '"q;T mr:r-r :
:....... '.
Chapter VI
,- -
213 -
......
"
't
",
:.
",'.
Safety provisions fot electrical installations apparatusot voltage
exceeding 650 volts 0
43. Approval by ElectriCal Inspector, - (I) Yoltageapove' which electrical
'installations will be required to be by, the Inspector before
commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six months and
above shall be,as per byt1)e Appropriate Govemrpent,
clause (x) (2) of section 176,and' sub-sectiori 0) of section
162 of the - _."" ,', ,
(2) Before an to the' ,Inspector for permission to,
.cqmmence an pe'en.diWQnpected for
slxmonths and above at vciltageexcee\iing 650 Vto any person, the supplier shall
that electric 'supply:: lines'or,' apparatus of' vQltage exceedi.ng6S0 V
_belonging tohhn are cPtTIPletedand
,e}C:alnlned and the supp!yof not becoInIlleI,lced for
installa,tions of inspection under these regulations unless the
provisioris ofregulatlons 12to 29,33 to' 35, 44 to 51 and 55 to 77 have been
complied with' arid the'approvaf in" WriHrigof the':Electricaf Inspector bas been
'obtained by him: .,' "
Provided that the aforesaid electric supply lines
or apparatus forthepurposeoftestsspec'ified in regulation 46.
. .!: . . ,-;.
(3)The oWner ofany of voltage V making
application to the Electrical inspector forapprovillo(his or: additions
thereto;' test every circult'ofvoltage exceeding 650 V or additions other
than an overhead line,andsatisfy himself that they withstandtheapplidl:1{6nofthe
testing voltage set out in sub-regulation (1) of regulation 46 and shllll duly record
, the results of such tests and fOrWardthenrto tAeElectricalInspector:
, may direCt such Owner to carry out
such tests as he- the, ,manufacturer's certified in
respect ofany particularappiuatiIs in place oftbe tests requiredby this regulation
(4) The owner of my irtstallati,i>n of 650'1 who makes any
- addition or alteration to his'installation shaH -not-'c()Iinect' to 'the supply liis
'apparatus or electric supply lines, comprising the 'said alterations or additions
unless and until such alteration or addition has been .approved in writing by the
_. _,:: _<:. ':,
44. Use electricity'lit voltagtfexceedlng:6S0Voits>;. ti) Thi'Electricalinspector'
,:',' shall -authorise, the the'supply has been
'C:' discontinued for a'period hfsixmQilths, to recommence the supply at
voltage exceeding 650Vto any conSumer-unleSs- "
.". ". .' . - : .. ":' ", ,'. .".:
;" (i)all,"conduct&s 'arid apparatli's' situated on the premises of the
consumer are so placed as to be to a designated person
. "-,' .
. ,"
_............;". .....--....-.__ .. _... .----_.- ..
214 TIlE GAzETrE OF'INDIA:EXTRAORDI1I{ARY [PART III:-:-Ssc. 4}
and aU operations in' connection with the said conductors and apparatusare
cat:ried out l>Y adesignated person; .
(ii) 'the' consumer has provided agrees to a'separate building
or a locked weather proof and':fire 'proof encloStire'Of agreed design and
location, to which the supplier at all times shail have access fdrdie' purPose
of housing his apparatus and provision .
'.. fQr.! a or enclosureis has
. apparatus of the supplier part of his
": own apparatus: .... .-
"
.
".:.' '" - /. ' .; .
. . . .
:'.' . :; .. tbatsuch segregationiShaRbe;by.thepl:'pvision of fire proof
walls, itthe Electrical Inspector cOIisiders it to be neCessary:
'.' .... ';"Provided further that in the:case-of:;an:6utdo()I'installation the
" , .. ,';'.' . 'consumer shall suitably to the
>, :hisoWn;>: /::;+"., '... ;":"
- ... :: ... .... ;..: -: ' .. ...):: ... <:
(iii) all pole type sub-stations are constructed and. in
< accordance with regulation 50. ' .
..... '.. ".::0._ . '-,' ":.,: :.'l:r ,.:." t: .. ...._
. (2YTheowDer shall observe the following at voltage
exceeding 650 V is supplied, converted, transformed or used,- .
. ,... : '-.-=.; -:. :., <.j:'\' .
. (i) " shall maintain safety as per
. Indian Standard space is
'.ava:ita\?lefor easy operation any:; hazard to the
::. : "opeiatijlg and maintenaitcepersorinehvorkiJig rtear'the' equIpment and for
"; ensuring ventilation;' . , ....:: " " -', ',"
(ii). he'shall not allow any encroachment below suchinstaUation:
c
- -. .
'", -:-- .. ;;::: .-::;...

_.__ ..
-;j-'
Provided that where the Electrical InspectQr:t:oines across any such
encroachment, he shall direct the ownerto such encroachments;
. '. "... ,.... "
,. (iii)' the 'i1iinimum safety working ii{'Schedule:.VII .
shall be maintained for the bare conductorS or live parts of any apparatus in
ou:tdoor excluding instamiHohs of voltage
- , . '.' .. ' . '-'
. }',."; .: {':.'. . ." '
(iv) he shall ensure that the windings ofmotors or,other apparatusLWithin
" . reach from arty position in which a person mayre'qwre,fo'be; are suitably
.. .. 8,0 to prevent dan"ger;." .. .... .. \:.. .'
.... ,;.''''".' .!.'w :......;:: jf':. ;',f:' .....
.... _ ,('V) "_'he shah ensure that where'il u-amformeFd{ttansfonners are used,
, . ': ..... "." shall be made, eitheibY:d;onnecting'with'earth; a point of
. ..: . tlle:Circuit'at the lower voltage orotheiWfse,"ft:f'guard'aga:inst danger by
reason of the said circuit becoming accidentally above' its normal
voltage by leakage from or contact ilfthe'higher voltage;
, , . . 1." ; :.. :...'.#
; . .; ", .:. ' ..' .:."
.. -:
... ...,
['Wr 2is
..
. :.<
. :
(vi)' Ii sub-Station or a switching station with apparatus having more than '
2000 litres of oil shall not- be located in the basement where P]oper oil
, chainirig be
(vii) where a sub-stiltion or a switching station with apparatus having
'more than 200() litres of oil is installed, whether,'indoor or outdoors; he
shall take the following measures. namely:-
(a) , the baffle h()urs- fire rating shall provided
betwt'enthe -
". ". '- .<. ')"
(i) ,where there is .asingle phase transformer lianks in the
switch-yards ofgenerating stations and sub-stations;

.. '.:' ';.'. : ", .. ;:.
.'
...
..
'. I
'II
(iii) where clearance between the units is, not
available:" ';; >,,, ',,' " ,
'(b) fotsuitable oilsoakpit and' where
use of ,than of oj} in anyone oil tank, receptacle
or chamberis 'involved, provisiori shall, be made fOl the draining
away or rmovat'o(any oil wl1ichmayleak or escape from the
'the same, and special
precautions shall be taken to prevent the spread of any fire
, resulting from the,ignition of the oil from any cause and adequate
, shall' niade' for fire, which may
occur;
....
(c) spare 6il'shalillbfbestor:ea irithe vicinit}rof any 'oil filled
equipment 'stib':stationor switching 'station; , '
. . ." . : .. : ,-',: .. ". - ,..... '.
(d) all 'switthgears be maintained in
accotdance withtheinaintenance 'schedules prepared in
accordance with the relevant codes ofpractice of Bureau ofIndian
,Standards; ,,: ", , '
- '
(e) dry type' of only shall used fotinstallations-
'inside the residentiat and commercial
': ..:!" . :-"
(viii) :shall
, protection arrangement for quenching the fire in the apparatus; ,
.... ,.-.,:
. '.::"
.\; (ix) he 10 MVA and above
.. "'" ,in case of oilfilIedtransfonners with oil. capacity of more than 20001iters
,; . "."are provided withftre. fighting.system per IS;,,"3034: 1993 Of-With
,-:,,-Nitrogen Injection Fire Protection ' " ,". .,' .., .
(x) where it is necessary to locate the sub-station, or switching station in
the basement. he shall take the foll()wing measutes,namely:;. ,
.... : ...
. ,._- ..., .. _._. -.._._ -_ - - --'- - .'--" _---_._--- -_._.. _-_.. _.. _.__ ."---"'-'--- .---_.. --_ .. _.
----. __..._.._-, .
..' ,-- ,_.... , -, -",," .. ,
216 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA,: EXTRAORDINARY [PART 4J
._--- _- ..
(a) the room shaU' necessarily be in the first basement at the
periphery of the basement; " '
,(b) the entrances to the room shall be provided With fire resisting
doors of 2 hour fire rating and the door, shall always be kept
closed and a notice of this effect shall be on outer side of
the door;
(c) 8, curl? (siU) of a suitable height shall be pr,ovided at the
'entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from a ruptured
into other partsof the 'basement; , ,
(d) direct access to the transformer roOm shall be provided from
, outside andthe surrounding ,linedwith fire bricks; .
(e) the cables to pr!mary side, andse,condary:. side' shalf have
se81ing at all floors and wall two ll.ours rating; ,
:":: _: ".:'..': ..
(f) fire Retardertt Low Smoke (FRLS)cab!e of two hours rating
shall be used. ' , " ' ' ", , ' ,
,(xi) he shall ensure that oil filled transfonnerSUlstalled indoorS in' other
tlian'residential or commercial buildings are placed at 'the 'ground,floor or
riot below the firSt basement; ,',' ' ,
(xii) heshall'ensure that cable 'trenches sub-stations and
, sWitching stations containing cables are filled'with sand, pebbles or similar
nort-inflammable materials or completely covered with non':inflammable
slabs; " ,
(xiii)he shall ensure that unless the conditions are such that' all the
conductOrs and apparatUs may be made dead at the'same tiinefor the
purpose of cleaning or for other work, the said conductors and apparatus
'shall be so arranged that these may be made deadm sections,and that work
on any such section inay be carried on by a designated person without
,danger; " ,
(xiv), only persons designated under $u]):.regulatioD (1) regulation 3,'
shaUcarry out the work on live lines and apparatus; , ' ,
(3) All apparattis shall be protected against lightning arid apparatus exceeding
, ,220 tvshaH also be profected against switching over ' ' '
,(4) TIle equipment used for protection and switching shall be adequately " co-
ordmated ",ith the protected apparatus to ensure to maintain the
units of the power,systeni:" , .:,' ,
p' .' ."
"
(5) Theminiinum clearances specified 'in Schedule:Vtti shail be maintained for
bare conductors or live parts of any apparatusjn outdoor excluding
overhead lines of High Voltage ,Direct Current installations.
---,-----"",-",-,.. ,
/'
"
'.
..
.,
--_.._..,,,.... _-
h
.' ...
'':' :=:'::";:";:;': ::.,.. '.. ,:_::':'::: _:.:. _; .;..: "_ _._ ..v, ,'.. .. -.",.. .. -' . '.. ." '_." . - - .
C"
'''66lV'andal)oveclassot'Hries.'
'
.. ',;, L'B' .' .
. .
.
. -
(i) isolators. andthecoiltrollirig Circuit: breakerssbaWbe .intei4ocked;SQ
:.; .. [s, :.! .
... . .Ui) -
v. .. ,tii) "isohitors "and ibe
locked so that no earthing' .'sWltCf'caii 'be' 'uiiJess"anif,until 'the .'
:,;\,i.. sr,;!; :....;. . i."':
.' 'i
paraIIel, the .
suppliesshaII beintei..locked toprevent'possibilitY
'S ,nl!rr> ()iiv'i .

. ...:i'. H<'"/:) b::h ..t.., .
.(v) aU "gates or.'doorswhidtgiveaccess tolive,parts of an.' installation
..i: ;:;j": .
should De ensured before any .person, comes' inclose ;proximity '. of 'Such ..
'-;::rj':' !. hur:
';:.. :.' .. ..::.:-- :'.'::JL1:U
... 1';., "/:(yif, r JW();, pI .'Qperate:;);
switchingis adopted,
breaker cannot be closeduilless.oneofthe .:neutrals :isci:mnected,ito 'the .
.. ..., ...,:;:>.. , 'i".' '0 ":.;;';' .. ".< ...::)
.."'\; .. :::'H., _j:Td
(2) The
automatically disConnect the supplyunderabJiormatcOliditions.:namly-:-
....- '. '. . -'. .' . ., ..,..' . ,..i ... .;... i.','. '.(.!.C. ;... :... ':
....:.. <.... [.1 :;- .. ..::.:. ... - - '.-, .
ii', ::".i}:.(D y; ijf;>the .
..... ,' ;;};: _ ..'
;" i ,
. ..' . . f 1.;': .: .. : :'.
(tiJ earth fault or earth leakage protection .
'.',' :J' ",'C falIlt .
the reasonable values;; V'ir!':
.. . . . .
. (iii) gas pressure type and windingandoiLtempeiature::protectionto;give .
, "", ..... abaII beprovi4e.d::ort::aU. transfonnei'si.ofntmg$'roOo
'.' c;:/'.' .:i;-: . ,t.;:,i".;q ,,:>:Yi.',;:" 'i':: .:;.',-;!
(iv) . transformers of capacity lOMYAand :abov.eshallbe:protected
against incipientfauits by differential'protection; .
3747 G1I1G--:-28
, .

t..
-_..:.-.---_ _._.---_._ __ - - .. -_ _---- ..
'218 THE GAzETIE OF INOlA: EXTRAORDINARY [PARt m--SEC. 4]
',{v} 'allgenerators with-rating of lOOKVAand abo'Ve shall be protected
against earth fault or leakage; _ '
(Vi) all 'generators of rating 1000 KVA and above shall be protected
against faults within the generator winding using restricted earth fault
. protection or differential protection or by both;
" ',' (Vii)'bigh speed bus bar protection along with local breaker
back up protection shall be commissioned and shall always be available at
all 132 kY and above voltage sub-stations and switching stations and
: stations connected with the grid: '
_,"' : .":: .
Provided that in respect of existing 132kV sub-stations and switchin[;
stations having more than, one incoming feeders, the high speed bus bar
':-differential protection along with local breaker back up shall be
" , :"commissioned and shall always-be available;
'" .. <:.
, (viii) every generating station and sub-station connected to the grid at 220
kV and above shall be provided with disturbance recording and event
loggihgfacilities "and all equipment shall be provided with time
'synchronizatlon facility for global common time reference but wherever
numerical relays 'with provision of recording fault data are installed,
disturbance recorder and event logger tpay not be installed;
,-: ....
.. /'
(ix) distance protection and carrier communication protection shall be
. provided for all1ines connecting to 400/220 kV substation.
46. Testing, Operation,and Maintenance.- (1) Before approval is accorded by the
Electrical Inspector under regulation 43 the manufacturer's test certificates shall, if
required, be-produced for all the routine tests as required under the relevant Indian
"Standards,'
(2) No new apparatus, cable or supply line of voltage exceeding 650 Volts shall
be commissioned unless such apparatus, cable or supply line are subjected to site
, "tests' as per relevant code of practice of the Bureau of Indian Standards.
(3) No apparatus, cable or supply line of voltage exceeding 650 V which has been
.'ikept iiisconnected, for a ,period of six months or more, froni the system for
':" alterationsoPrepair; shall be connected to the system until such apparatus, cable 01'
supplyline are subjected to the-relevant tests as per code of practice bf Bureau of
Indian Standards.
: .. >:.. :
.. (4)' Notwithstar-diiIg the, provisions ;of this regulation, the Electrical ,Inspector
may require certain ,tests ,to be carried out before or after charging the
installations.
(5) Allapparatus,cables and supply lines shall be maintairiedin healthy
conditions and tests shall be carried out periodically as per the relevant code of
practice of the Bureau ofIndian Standards.
.- _-_._=.. -.,---.-.. -----:-::"- .
.,

(6) Records of all tests,trippings, works aud of all

equipments cables and supply lines shall be duly kept in such a these
record" can be witb earlier ones. .
(7) It shall be the responsibility of the owner of ,of
e}{ceeding 650 V to maintain and tlle 1ns!allat1Qn!iip../}. free from
danger am! recommended t:>y the manufactUrer or by tbe teievant codes of
practice of the B\1rea\1 Standards. .
(8) Failures of transformers and reactors of 20 MVAorMVAR
capacity shaUpe repon,ed by the consumer and the sJlpplier!! of electricity, within
foityeight hO\1rs of the occurrence: of the failure, to the Central Electdcity
AuthoritY amI the fOr faih.ire and measures toPe t.ilkl;m: to livoidtectinence
of failure shall be sent to the Centra,IElectIicity A.uthority within one month Of the
OCCUrrence in the fOrttlat given in Schedule-IX.
.. .". .
:rrel;lauti9Ils to be t3k-en against ex!=ess in metalsbeathed
.electric supply lines." The following preca.utionsshaU be in .. of electric
supply lines otb,erthan overhead lines, ror at voltage 6.?0 V; ..
namely:" ..v . .
(j) condtlctors of the. cable the cable. with
im;il,dation with-out any metallic screen or sblill be in'.tnet:al
sh,eathing wbichshliH be electrically continuous lind connected witheaqh, and
the conductivity of the metal sheathiD:g shall be mllintainedand reasonable.
preclllJtions taken where neCcllsary to avoid corrosion of the sheathing;
- . : - . .
(ii) the resistance ofthe earth cO,nnectionwith metallic shelith kept
low- enough to permit the controlling circuit breaker or cut"out t6- in
the event of arty failure of insulation between the metallic sheafu' @,Tld the
conductor. -"- .
(a) in the case of thermoplastic insuiated and sheathed cable.s with metallIC
armour the metallic wire or tape an:n9ur, _shall be considered as' metal
sheathing, .
(b) where an elec;tric-supply line as aforesaid has concentric cables and the
external conductor is insuilited from an Quter metal and connected
with earth, theeitemal conductor may be regarded as the metal sheathing for
thljl purposes of this regulation provided that the foregoing provisions
condJlctivity are complied with. .. ..

48. with fpr apparatus 650V.- (1)
clinying metal pans associated With 1m iTlstllllati&n of voltage exceeding' 650 ',v.'
shall be-effectively earthed to a grounding system or mat which . '" ....
(i)
. .
limit the touch'and step potential to tolerable
. .... .
. :.
.
..
. . dangel\
. cable::sheath,' . .
;.. <":,,, ,::.;i"'J ,i'i'o}! 'c.<, ,:.,; .:>1.:: ,T.'
.. .. .. .. .. .. ;... ,:.: ..
- .., :..,f;d" -\.}"}.. ..;>
(2)"" starcoImected.'system.with! earthediileutialslof-:delta;connecte<!<'-'
-sfSte1'Jl'witltearthediartificial'neutral point,;" . '
.. . ..'.:,' ... ...
oJ - J ,'; ...:::1._:. .':; . ..:; -. ; : hr
.' . .. -.' ..,,".-.. , ..... ,...
Pro.vide<Ltbat the neutlaLpomtofa; generator'may'be:conilecred'td'the"
. impedance to limit the- fault'current to,the earth: .
. -1;;.. .. ..

.currentcirculatiotr.:in;thesystem;. './ ''.>i i;':

,(iii)
.' aDd cv,irent .limiting .
.. .. .
'tlL. ;'}.
.. .
(3)" In-caseofJ,gc=nerating.::s.ta.UODS>..- sub-stations, andindustrial,iriStallauons of
'\It)ltage, exceeding: 3$; ICVr neutr.a.l earthing frame
earthing: may be; if:system,desigrt"ko'
.. ....[lt .. ... .

(4) Single phase,:systemsof.voltage:exceeding;:650 V

.'. at
voltagc:exceeding(}50: V which has not earth;' he
" notice inwriting tqgether of
.' .g',
:--, "',h ":-, .. , "";'-,' .;;" ", ,.,,:, ,.,
. , '. - ' 1:1 J ...... t;'j:' -. . _ '._' ,
. : (7).
earthing guards,erected-::underoYerhea<1Jmes.ofvoltagle exceedmg 650 V where
they cross a. telecoriunwiicationtine: Qr a.railway line, suchlines are .
equipped:. with eartltJeakage, the earth: resistance sharI not exceed twenty five
:'01-.
..

,
,"
;
.'
\
i
\ ..
\
\
-: \.
I,
\
1
i
\
\

.
shalh>btaJhSNOOojhcti($nCertificiii<;;: (NOC)fi6m!/
:'l{ailway'Aiithdrines'and:Powetand Telecomniilnicanon Co':ordinatiott'Coniniittee
fabilities;": : -, -' ,,:,'- < '"".,;, < .,' ,,' '1';:' , -
/. ;., . '.;,;:l:J.; .< ." 1 '. ;'. I,;' . ,__ ';,: :.
\ eitherithe"Srlppiikr
_be tested for its rcsistane to earth ona dry dayduiing 'dry'
if so
. 1iired'bethrcHheElectncalInectoi':' ",', ... ':" "...' " , ,
.. .. 'Y';7 .. ':: .
, '4!>/-"Genetai'''c6ndltldni .ti'ttrtransfortnatl()D;andj co'iikol'1>f'elettriclty;'iTl) Where
, 'electricity l':'6S0'-V':is't:ninsformed{'c8rtverte'd;' regulated or
in sub-stations or $wiiching stations outdoor sub-
]" ;akd'outdoor>'SWitclWlg'-:stSHbns ':to"'1ie boxes
:'constrUcted undCfgtOund;'tlie
i
f6iI6wirig:proVisi'Ons'shaU'be>observed;'nihriely:-
;: i: .... ..::..> ,,;'l :.,. j'.i.: :.. ;>- ;:,,-:,: ':","<:'.:
",!: : 'sWitching>:stiltions'shall <eretted ,above
ground. but where necessarily coftstfutted:I'uriaefgrdi!trd;due;'ptovisions for
,yentilati,on and be made and any space housip$ shall
and
(ii) outdoor sub-stations except pole tYPe"subiistiitiOris':ari:a diWioor'switching
, ,stations ,shall, unless tJte apparatus is completely enqlosed in a metal covering
",,>; eliftN system ,
,by armoured b)r''fen6irtg';riciF
J
less' than 1.8
metres in or other means so as to prevent access to supply
ofsuch
;,'i+::,",<U' '5,;;',; ';',),:'}1,/,::"
I ;".' :',.',:.' " ,'-:' .., -:;<;:-":. .. ';,-.' :<: '.;::,'
"
outs or other apparatus shall be
fixed in separate receptaqle above ground wherever practicable.
.. J ..... _,;- _ .. ,-: _>.. .... ...-: '... .
i:
c6
riliectibn' be:-made by
connecting \Vithearth a point of the system the lower voltage and also to guard
"'again'sfdAnget'by rea'sot{df fue'said above
hoi:fual frottriicl6ntact\vit}fthe, voitage.
.. ->;_;i.1j :; 5:..; . .. -);..", ..,., .:
SO. Pole type' Where platfOlTh type constrUction
, sub-stationand;stiffiCient sRac,e, for a person to stand on,the platform is prOvided, a
,:l 'suostanihili}handIraili 'sn:alfbe':buiIt'arour1<Hhd 'sii&pfiitform,and if'th'e" hand rail, is
,;'dfinetal,iit shalrbe'cortnectedwith'eMth:<' ",> c'::" > , j" ,,: ,., '
:.'![:,', ::.:
, "
, Provided that in the case of pole type On wooden slipports and ,
' " " ,
, 'arrangemendhiill or ,
manual discharge of
222
[PART m.,...sEC. 4]
52. Supply to iUlilinous tube sign of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but
not exceeding (1) Any person who proposes to use or who is uSing
electricity for the purpose of. alUminous tube sign instaUatiQn. or who
proposes totransforril or is electricity to a voltage exceeding (550 V
but not exceeding 33)Yfor any such purpose shall comply with the following
namely:-. -
- (i) all -tiveparts of the installl\.tion, including all apparatJlsand live
, conduc;torsin the secondary circuit, but e;>cclu.ding the tubeS except in the
neighbourhood of their terminals, shall be inaccessible to
persons and such parts shall be effectiVely screened; .
(ii) hrespec;tive of the method. of o1:ltaiJ;ling the voltage (If thecircllit
which feeds the luminous discharge tube sign; no part of any conductor of
such circuit shall be iJ;l metaili.c connection, except in respect of it$
.'!opnectiQn with eanh, with any cOIlducwr of thesIJpply system, or witlt the
primary winding of the transfOrmer; .. -
(iii) all !iveplUts of an exterior shall be so disposed as to
them, against the effects of the weather and such installatjpl1 shall be
soan'anged and seParated from the surroundings as to limit, as far as
the sPreading of fire; .
(iv) the circuit shall be pefOlllIlentlyearthed at the transformer
anp the core ofevery trllilsfonner shll,ll be earthed; . .
(v) where the conductors of the primary cire\1it are 110t in meMlic
copnection with the supply cOnquctors,pne phase of such primary circuit
shall be peunanently eartheg at the motor gellerator or: convertor, or at the
transformer anq an earth breaker of rating shaU be
the side of not 250V to petect the leakage
in such liuninous tube sign installations; . .
(vi) asub-cil;cllit which forms the primary circuit of a hlIIlinQus
discharge tub,e sign installation shall be reserved solely fpr such purpose;
(vii) a separate' primary final sub-circuit shall be provided, Jor each
. transformer -Qf each grQuP of transfoimers having an aggregate input not,
-exceeding 1,000 of a fixed luminous discharge tube sign
- .. . - .
(viii) an interlorinstallation shall be prQvided with' suitable adjacent means
fordiscortnecting all phllSes of the supply except the in a 3..phase,
circuit;, -. -. .
, (ix) for in$tallationS on the of abuilding s\1itable emergency
. fire-proof linked switch to operate on phases except'"the netitral in a3-
phase, 4-wire' circ\1itshall be provided and fixed in a conspicuous position
at not more than 1;70 metres above the ground; _. ,
.,'. :
..... :"'-"
. .. '::"; .
.. -=?= .
".- ..
.(xiii) before using the static condensers or any intemipting device on the
voltage exceeding 650 V, the executing agencies shall test and ensure that
automatic discharging device is functional thereon.
. .
(2) The oWner- or user of any luminous tube sign or shnilar installation of
voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding33 kV shall not bring the same into
use without giving to the Electrical Inspector not less than fourteen daysn6tice
in writing of his intention so to do.
\
I
I
.\
I
\
I
1
223
'i'
.....: ....
-. t..
"a .. notice 'shall .
the dOOfOf evetyenclosul'eofvoltageexceeding650 V but not exceeding ..
33 kV to the effectthatthesupply.must be cut Qffheforethe enclosure is
opened; . _." '. .... . - :... .. c. ' ' ..... ' .
(xi) . where staticcofidensers lire ,used, they shiillbe the load
.side of the fuses and the primary side of the transfonners where tbe,volwge
does not exceed 250 V; .' .. , '.
(xii) where; static condensers aretised on primary side,provision shall be
made for automatic or ;manual discharging of the condensers V'hen the
supply is cut off;'" ..
.[tnrr 4] .
-""g- - .
'.
.. ..
..
;
\
...
\
\
\
1.
53. Supply to electrode-boilers ofvoltage exceeding 650 Volt but not exceeding
33 kV.- (1) Where a system having a point connected with earth is used for
supply of electricity to an electrode boiler of voltage exceeding 650 V which is
also connected with earth, the owner or user of electrode boiler shaJI comply
with the following conditions, namely:-
(i) the metal work of the electrode boiler shall be efficiently connected
to the metal sheathing and metallic arrnouring, if any, of the electric supply
line of voltage exceeding 650. V but not exceeding 33 whereby
electricity is suppied to the electrode boiler; .
(ii) thel'upply of electricity at voltage exceeding 650 V to the electrode
'boiler shall be controlled by a suitable circuit-breaker so set as to operate in
the event of the -phase currents becoming unbalanced to the extent. of ten
per cent of the nited current consumption of the electrode. boiler under
nonnal conditions ofoperation: . .. .'.. '.
. . . '. .-.' ," .
"
Provided that if in ally case ahigher essential.to ensure stability
of operation of the electrode boiler, the setting may be increased so as not
to- fifteen' per cent of the rated current consumption of the electrode
boiler undernornial conditions of operation;
(iii) an inverse time element device may be used in conjuction with the
aforesaid circuit breaker to prevent the operation thereof unnecessarily on
the OCCurrence of unbalanced .phase currents of momentary or short .
duration;
(iv) the supplier 01' owner shall serve a potice in writing on the telegraph-
authority at least seven days prior to the date on which such supply of
) electricity is to beafforded specifying the location of every point, including
..: ..
I
I
I
\
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
1
I
I
!
I

THE GAZETIE:.OFINDIA:EXTRAORDINARY
: i.
" ;tlieearth';cbiUlectioil,of!the )he is
.:.. '.' i,' ,:,:.",':_ ,<', , - , ' " : ,,' , .. ' ,
. "<t .. .::/" .
(2) .The owner or user of any electrod,e boiler of voltage 'exceeding:650V shall
not bring the same into use without.giving the Electrical Inspectorfib{less than
: cfourteendays: nQtice-in'WJjtingpfhi;;)ptentionso;fo do.. '. ,. ,.C .
'.:: ..:"1:. '/'.; .::". !":. .. ";: l / ..:'} .. ;..:.: .... :. -. .... .. .. -":: _. -l, ,;
Supply to X-ray and high frequency installati()tis.. '(1rAny 'persOh, who
proposes to uSe or who is using electricity for the X-ray
":Qr,()im.i;!ar,l1igb,rfrequenRy.i.nsta)lation, qtlterth"u portab\e. units or shock-proof
.'
: ".; i. P .".'
54.
'."', ,"; shall, to preveqt t09. close an
,'i; ;.... 650 V
. but not afi'd.'Hglbidk;\ihI6ss such
parts of voltage been
'. ';rendered.cshock.propr. by'J)eingshielded; by 9r:ade,quate
, :.' ;.;' -insuHuingniaterial;,:., :.:.: :,,' ,'.:;:. ," ",,:;;' ;, <
.. ...: ..;:.. J.
. '." "); .".'.-:L"i.;"1; . I
(ii) where generators operating at 3QQ c.kX
generators shall be installed in rooms the
..... .L'
generator, and shali be so 'gOOf of
the room housing the generator-is the' out1idt{;'" ,:.n ['i,'.' ,
;.:' :-:=, .
..;... , '',: ... metal
. ; .... ." .. ':'. ;".:

Z25
_._-._.. ,-- ----.-' ..._........
..
(ii) the circuit of voltage not exceeding 250 V of the step up transformer
shall contain a manually 'operatedcontrol device having overload
protection, in addition to the over current device for circuit protection, and
these devices shall have no exposed live parts and for diagnostic work
there shall be an additional switch in said circuit, which shall be of one
following types:- . .
(a) a switch with a spring or other. mechanism that will open .
automatically except y,rhile held close by the operator, or;
(b) a time switch which will open automatically after a definite.
period oftime for which it has been set;
(iii) if more than one piece of apparatus be operated from the same
source of voltage exceeding 650 V, each shall be provided with a
switch. of voltage exceeding 650 V to give independent control;:
(iv) low frequency current-canyihg parts of a machine of the quenched-
gap or open gap type shall be so insulated or guarded that they cannot be
during operation but the high frequency circuit-proper which'
delivers high-frequency current normally for the therapeutic purposes shall
be exempt'from such insulation; . .. ,
(v) all X-ray generators having capacitors shall have suitable me.ms for
the cap'acitorS manually; ..
(vi) except in the case of self-contained units,all 200 kV peak or higher
X-ray generators shall have a sphere gap installed in the system of voltage.
exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV adjusted:so that it will break
down on over voltage surges.
(3) (i) all nop-current carrying metal parts of tube stands, fluroscopes and
. other apparatus shall be properly earthed and insulating floors, mats or
platforms shall be provided for operators in proximity to parts of voltage
exceediJ;1g 650V unless such parts have been rendered shock proof;
.. .
(ii) where short wave therapy machines are used, the treatment tables and
examining chairs shaiI be wholly
(4) The owner of any X-ray installation or similar high frequency apparatus
shall not bring the Same into use without giving to the Electrical Inspector not
less than fourteen days notice in wTItingof his intention to do so:
Provided that theaforesaid notice shall not be necessary in the case of
shock.-proof portable. X-ray and equipinent which have been
inspected the commencement of their use and periodically tllereafter.
3747 G1I1D-29
.. -_.' ---... ---_.. _--
".
r
I
!
1
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
f
I
I
l
j
I
I
226 THE GAZETrn OF INDlA : EXTRAORDINARY
ChapterVll
requirements for overhead lines, underground cables and
. generating stations .
[PART III-SEC. 4)
'r
55. Material and strength.-(!) All of overhead lines other than those
specified in regulation 68 shall have it breaking strength ofnotless than 35Q kg.
(2) Where the not exceed 250 V and the span is of less than fifteen
and is drawn through the owner's oi-consumer's premises, a conductor
having an actual breaking strength ofnot less than I SO kg may be used:
56. Joints.- (1) No conductor of an overhead line shali have more than one joint in a
span and joints between conductors of lines shall be mechanically and
electrically secure under the conditions of operation.
(2) The ultimate strength and the electrical conductivity of the joint shall be as per.
relevant Indian Standards.
57. Maximum stresses and factors of safety.- (1) The load and permissible stresses
on the structural members, cohductors and ground wire of self supporting steel
lattice towers for overhead transmission lines shall be in accordance, with the
specifications laid down, from time to time, by the Buteau of Indian Standards.
(2) Overhead lines not covered in sub-regulation (1) shall have the follo\\;og
mbimum factors ofsafety, namely:-
(i) for metal supports 1.5
(ii) for mechanically processed concrete supports .2.0
(iii) for hand-moulded concrete supports 2.5
(iv). for wood supports 3.0
. (3) The- minimum factors of safety shall be based on such load as may cause
failure of the. support to perform its function, assuming that the foundation' and
other components of the structure are intact.
(4) The load shall be equivalent to the yield point stress or the modulus of.
rupture, as the case may be, for supports subject to bending and vertical loads and
the crippling load for supports used as strut. -
(5) The strength of the supports of the overhead lines in the direction of the line
shall not be less than of the strength required in the direction transverse
to the line.
(6) The minimum factor of safety for stay-wires, guard-wires or bearer-wires
shall be 2.5 basedon the ultimate tensile strength of the wire. .
(7) The minimum factor of safety for conduGtors shall be two, based on their
ultimate tensile strength, in addition, the cmiductor's tension at 32 C, without
external load, shall not exceed the following percentages of the ultimate tensile
strength ofthe conductor:-
. -------
.
(.
['iWT 4]
(i)
.(ii)
Initial unloaded tension
Final unloaded tension
35 per cent
}5 per cent
Z17
. Provided that for the conductors having a cross section of a generally
triangular shape, such as conductors composed of 3-wires, the final unloaded
tension at 32 C shall not exceed thirty per cent of the ultimate tensile strength of
such conductor.
(8) For the purpose of calculating the factors of safety in sub-regulation (2), the
following conditions shall be observed, namely:-
(i) the maximum wind pressure shall be as specified in the relevant Indian
Standards;
(ii) for cylindrical :)( dies the effective area shall be taken as full projected.
area exposed to wind pressure; and
(iii) the maximum and minimum temperatures shall be such as specified in
the relevant IndianSta.'1dards.
(9) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-regulation (2) to (8) in localities
where overhead lines are liable to accumulations of ice or snow, the load and
pennissible stresses on the structural members, conductors and ground wire ofself
supporting steel lattice towers. for overhead. transmission lines shall be in
accordance With the specifications laid down, from time to time, by the Bureau of
Indian Standards or as specified by Appropriate Government, by order in writing.
. ,
58. Clearance aboveground of the lowest conductor of overhead lines.- (1) No
conductor of an overhead line, including service lines, erected across a street shall
at any part thereof be at a height of less than- .
(i)' for lines of voltage riot exceeding 650 Volts. - 5.8 metres
(ii) for lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but
. not 33 kV . . 6.1 metres
(2)NQ conductor of an overhead line, including service lines, erected along any
street shall at any part thereofbe at a height less than- .
(i) for lines of voltage not exceeding 650 Volts - 5.5 metres
. (ii) fodines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but
notexceeding 33 kV 5.8 metres
(3) No conductor of an overhead line including serVice lines, erected elsewhere
than along or across any street shall beat a heIght less than -
(i) [orIines of voltage upto andincludirig 4.6 metres
11,000 Volts,ifbare
(ii) for lines of voltage upto and including 4.0 metres
11,000 Volts, if insulated
(iii) forImes of voltage exceeding 11,000 Volts
but not exceeding 33
----'--'----- .,._.-.-----_.__.. _-_ "._.._ - - ,.
5.2 metres
. _. --. -,----....
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THE GAZET'TE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART 4]
(4) For lines of voltage exceeding 33 kV the clearance above ground shall not be
less than 5.2 metres plus 0.3 metre for every 33,000 Volts or part thereof by which
the voltage ofL'1e line exceeds 33,000 Volts;
Provided that the minimum clearance along or across any street shall not
be less than 6.1 metres.
(5) For High Voltage Direct Current (HYDC) lines, the clearance abqve ground
shall not be less than:- .
.,
Sl.No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DC Voltage(kV)
100kV
200kV
300kV
400kV
500kV
600kV
800kV
Ground Clearance (mtrs.)
6.1 '
7.3
8.5
9.4
10.6
11.8
13.9
(6) Ground clearances shall be as specified in schedule-X.
59. Clearance between conductors and trolley wires.- (1) No conductor of an
. overhead line crossing a tramway or trolley bus route using trolley wires shall
. have less than the following clearances above any trolley wire-
(i) lines of voltage not exceeding 650 Volts 1.2 metres
Provided that where an insulated {;onductor suspended from a bearer
wire crosses over ,a trolley wire the minimum clearance for such insulated
conductor shallbe 0.6 metre.
(ii) lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts 1.8. metres
. up to and including 11,000 Volts
.,J
(iii) lines of voltage exceeding 11,000 Volts 2.5 metres
, but not exceeding33,000 Volts
(ivj lines of voltage 33 kV 3.0 metres
(2) In ariy case of a crossing specified in 'sub-regulation (1), whoever lays his line
laterin time, shaH provide the clearance between his own line and the line wnich
will be crossed in accordance with the provisions of the said sub-regulation:
Provided that ifthelater entrant is the owner of the lower line and is not
able to provide adequate clearance, he shall bear the cost for modification of the
upper line s6 as to comply with this sub-regulation.
4] 229
60. Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not exceeding
650 Volts.- (1) J\rl overhead line shall not cross over an existing building as far as
possible and no building shall be constructeduJider an existing 9verhead line.
(2) Where an overhead line of voltage not exceeding 650 V passes above or
adjacent to or tmninates on any building, the following minimum clearances
from any accessible point, on the basis' of maximum sag, shall be observed,
namely:- .
(i)' for any flat roof, open balcony, varandah roof and lean-to-roof-
(a) when the line passes above the building a vertical clearance of 2.5
metres from the highest point, and
(b) when the line passes adjacent to the building a horizontal clearance
of 1.2 metres from the nearest point, and .
(ii) , for roof-
. (a) when the line passes above the .bqilding a vertical clearance of 2.5
metres immediately under the line,
. (b) when the line passes adjacent to the building a honzontal clearance'
of 1.2 metres.
(3) Any conductor so situated as to have a clearance less than that specified above
shall be adequately insulated and shall be attached at suitable intervals to a bare
earthed bearer wire having a breaking strength of not less than 350 kg.
(4) The horizontal clearance shall be measured 'when the line is at a maximum
deflection from the vertical due to wind pressure.
(5) Vertical and horizontal clearances shall be as specified iI,l schedule'-X.
Explanation:- For the purpose of this regulation, the expression "building" shall be
deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.
61. Clearances from buildings of lines of ,voltage exceeding 650 V.- (1) An
overhead'line shall not cross over an existing building as far as pQssible and' rio
building shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(2) Where an line of voltage. exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent
to any building or part of a building it shall have on the basis of maximum sag a,
, vertical clearance above the hi'ghest ,part of the building immediately, under such
line; of not less ,
(0 for lines of voltages exceeding 650 Volts
upto'and including 33,.000 Volts
(ii)for lines of voltages exceedil1g 33 kV
.., 3.7 metres
- 3.7 metres plus 0.30 metre
.for every additional 33,000
Volts or part thereof.
230' TIlE GAZEITE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART Ill-SEC. 4]
(3) The horizontal clearance betWeen the nearest conductor and any piirt of such
-building shall, on the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not
less ihan-
- 2.0 metres plus 0.3
metre fore every
additional 33kV
or part thereof.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
for lines of voltages exceeding 650 V
upto and' including 11,000 Volts
for lines of voltages exceeding 11,000 V -
and up to and including 33,000 V
for lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV
1.2 metres
2.0 metres
(4) For High Voltage Direct Current (HYDC) systems, vertical clearance and.'
horizontal clearance, on the basis of maximum deflectionctue to wind pressure,
from buildings shall be maintained as below: .
SI.No DC Voltage (kV) Vertical Clearance Horizontal
(mtrs.) Clearance (mtrs.)
1. IOOkV 4.6 2.9
2. 200kV 5.8 . 4.1
3. 300kV 7.0 5.3
4. 400kV
7:9 .'
6.2
5. ' SOOkV 9.1 7.4
6. 600kV 10.3 8.6
7. 800kV 12.4 10:7
(5) Vertical and horizontal clearances shall be as specified in schedule-X.
Explanatton:- For the purpose of this regulation the 'expresssion "building" shall
be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.
62. Conductors at different voltages on sam.e supports.- Where conductors forming
parts of systems at different voltages are erected on. the same supports, the owner
shall make adequate provision to guard against danger to linemen and others, from
the lower voltage system being charged above its normal workingvoltl,lge, by
leakage from or contact with the higher voltage system and the methods of
construction and the' applicable minimum clearances between the conductors of
the two systems shall be as specified in regulation' 69 for lines crossing each
other.
--_....- - ~ - - - - - - - - ~ - _ . _ . ~ - ~ - - ~ - - - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ = = ~ = = = , .=._= .....=._.=.===
[iWT 4] 231

63. Erection oraIteration of buildings, struCtures,flood banks and elevation of
roads.- (1) Ifat any time subseqqerit to the erection of an overhead'line, whether
covered with -insulating material', or not, any person proposes to erect' a new
.building or structUre or flood bank or to raise !lny road level or to carry out any
_other type of work whether pennanent or _temporary' or to make in or upon any
building, or strUcture or flood bank or road, any,pennanent or temporary addition
or alteration, he and the contractor whom he employs carry out the
addition:or aiteration, shall,-give intimation in writing of his intention to do so, to
the supplier or oWner and to the Electrical Inspector and shall furnish therewith a
scale drawing sh!>Mng the proposed building, structure, flood bank; road or any
addition,p'i 8lteration and scaffolding thereof required during, the construction.
(2) OIffeeeiptof such intimation, the supplier or owner shall examine>
(i).w:hether the line under reference was laid in acordance 'with the
-provisions of these regulations and any other law;
(ii) whether it is technically feasible;
(iii) whether it meets the requirement of Right of Way
(iv) Whether such person was liable to pay the cost of alteration of the
overhead line and if so, send a notice without undue delay, to such person
together with an estimate of the cost of the expenditure likely to be
incurred to so alter the overhead line and require him to depusit, within
thirty days of the receipt of thtf notice, with the supplier or owner, the
amount ofthe estimated cost.
(3) If such person the cost of alteration of the overhead line estimated by
the suppHeror Ql,vnel: or even the responsibility to pay such cost, the dispute may
be referred to the Ek;ctncal Inspector whose decision thereof sh,all be finaL
(4) The Electrical Inspector shall estimate the cost of alteration of oyerhead line
on thef91lowing basis, namely:
(i) the cqst of material used on the alteration after crediting the
depreciated cost of the material which shall be available from the existing ..-
line; J'
f (ii) the wages of labour employed in affectin;; the alteration;
, -
,,,-.
, ,
(iii) supervision charges to the extent of'fifteen per cent of the wages
mentioned in sub clause (ii); and charges incurred by the supplier or '
owner in complying with the provisions of section 67 of the Act, in respect
"pf such alterations. -
'(5) Any addition or alteration to the building or structure shall be allowed only
after the deposite of such estimated cost to the supplier or owner.
(6), No work upon such puilding, structure, flood bank, road and addition or
alteration thereto shall be commenced or continued until the Electrical Inspector
,---
m THE GAZETIE OF INDIA ; EXTRAORDINARY [PART III-SEC. 4]
has certified that the provisions of regulation 58,60 and 61 should not be
contravened either during or after the aforesaid construction:
Provided that the Electrical Inspector may, if he is satisfied that the
overhead line has been so guarded as to secure the protection of persons or
property from injury, certify that the work may be executed prior to the alteration
of the overhead line or in the case of temporary addition ;or alteration, without
alteration of the overhead line. "
'.
(7) The supplier or owner shall, oil receipt of such deposit, alter the overhead line
in such a way that it does not contravene the provisions regulation 58, 60 and 6J
either during or after such construction \yithin two months from the date of such
deposit or within such longer period as the Electrical Inspector may allow.
(2) No rods, pipes or other sitnilar materials shall be brought the flash over
distanl;e of bare live conductors or lines. '
i
j
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
j
.... ................_. I
(4) No flammable material shall'be stored under the electric supply line.
(5) No fire shall be allowed above underground cables.
(6) Firing of arty material below electric lines shall be prohibited. ,
(2) No blasting for any purpose shall be done within 300 metres from, the
boundary of a sub-station or .from the electric supply lines Qf voltage exceeding
650 V or tower structure thereofwithout the written permission of the owner of
such sub;'statioil or electric ,supply lines or tower structures and in case of mining
lease hold-area, without the written permission ofthe lBSPector of Mines. '
(3) No cutting of soil within ten meters ,frOIp the tower structure of 1-32 kV and
above voltage lev4shall be permitted without the written permission of the owner
oftower structure. ' '
(3) No material or earth work o),:'a'gncultural produce shall be dumped stored,
no trees below Of in the'vicinity of, bare overhead conductors, qr lines to
contravene the provision of regulations 60 and 61.
General clearances.- (1) For the purpose of. computing the vertical clearance of
an overhead line", the, maXimum sag of any conductor shall be calculated on the
basis of the maxitnum sag in still air and the maxlmunr'temperature as specified
under regulations' 57 and computing any horizontal clearance of an overhead line
the maximum deflection of any conductor shall be calculated on the basis of the
wind pressure specined under regulations 57. ",
Transporting and storing of material near overhead lines.- (1) No rods, pipes
or similar materials shall be taken below, or in the vicinity of, any bare overhead
copduetors or lines if these contravene the provisions of regulations 60 and 61
unless such materials'- are transporred under the direct supervision of a person
, designateri in this behalf by the owner of such overhead conductors or lines"
64.
65.
\ .
233
69.
..
..
(4) :Noperson shall construct brick kiln orother .pOlluting units .near the
installations or transmission lines of220 kV and above. within ad.istance,of 500 ,....
metres..
.6J)-..._ to OVl:?rheadlines shall' not 'be erected iri .the
vlcinityof aerodr0llles unless the Airport Authorities have approved in V,iritiilg the .'
route of the proposedliries 'as-perrelevant Indian Standards. . . ' .
.67. Maxiniuminterial conduCtors 'shall be .attached to.
supports at interVals not exceeding the safe lImits based onthe'ultimatcitensile'
conductor and the factor of safetyspecified under regullltions 57.. :
. Ptoyidedthat in the case of overhead lines carrYing conductors of voltage
:not exceeding 650V when erected in, over; along or aGross any sn-eet, the interval
shall not, .without the consent in'Wrltingof th"eEl6ctrical Inspector, exceed.' 65
metres. . .... . .
-----6& Condithms to .apply' where teJecommunication lines and power lines are
carried on same supports.- (1) Every overheadtelecommi.lIiication line erected
on supports carrying a line shall consist of conductors each'ha'ving a
breaking stre.ngthof not less than 270 k;g. .
. . . .' .
(2) . Every telephone.... used on a fine. eJected on supports.
carrying a power line shall be suitably guarded against lightning and 'shall be
protected by cut-outs. . .. .
. . .
." '. .
(3) Where a line is erected on a power line
of voltage,exceeding 650 V,.arrangementshaH be made t9 1l.nYper.son .'
against injury resulting from 'contact, leakage or induction' between such power'
.and telecommunication lines. '. .
. ..' - . .' -". ;'!., '.
Lines: crossing or approaching each other and li.nescrossing street and ... .
Where an overhead line crosses or is in proximity to any telecommunication line,
the owm;r of either the overhead line or the telecomrrninication line, whoever, lays
his line latir, shall arrange to provide for protective devices or ,guarding .... '.
. arrangement and shall obserVe thefollowing provisions,'namely:-' . . ..
(i) when it is intended to a telecommunitatibn fine or lin
line Which will cross or be in proximity to an .overhead 'linear a
telecommunication line, as the casernay be, the person proposIng to erect
.such line shall give one month's notice ofhis' so to do along with, '
'the reievant details ofprotection and drawings to the owner of the existing .
.
'(ii)guarding shall be provided where lines of voltage not exceeding }3
kVcross aroa,d or street;
. . . ,
(iii) where an, overhead line crosses or is in proximity to another overhead'
line, gUarding arrangements shaH be so to guard agaiilst the.
possibility of their coming into contact with each othet;
3747'G1I10-30

........
. ... ....
;-;..
" ./.....

234
.. :"
'THE GAzETIE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART 4]
"
..\.
,
, (iv) where an overhead line crosses another overhead line, clearances
as under:-
(Minimum clearances in metres between lines crossing each

SI. Nominal
"
11-66kV 110-132 220 kV " 400kV 800kV
No System kV
V().!tage

l. ' Low arid 2.44 3.05 4.58 5.49 7.94 '
Medium
2. 11-66 kY 2.44 3.05 ' 4.58 5.49 7.94
3. 110-132 kV 3.05 3.05 4:58 5.49 ' 7.94
4. 220kV 4.58 ,4.58 4.58
' 5.49
7.94
5. 400kV 5.49 5049 5.49 5.49 ,7.94
Q
6: 800kV 7.94 7.94 7.94 7.94 7:94
Provided that no guatdingsare required when line of voltage
_exceeding 33 kV crosses over another line of250 V and above voltage or a
road or a. tram subject to the condition that adequate clearances are
provided between the lowest conductor, of the line of voltage exceeding 33
kV and the top most conductor of the overh.eadlinecrossing underneath
the line of voltage exceeding 33 kVand the clearances as stipulated in
regulation 58 from the topmost surface of the road maintained;
(v) where an,overhead direct current (DC) line Crosses another overhead
line, clearances shall be as under:-
(Minimum clearances in metres betweenAC and DC lines crossingeach
other)
SI. Sysytem .100 kV 200kV 300kV
400 kV '
500kV 600'kV
No.
.Voltage DC
:PC
"DC DC nc DC
AC/DC
I. Low and 3.05 4.71 ' 5.32 6.04 6.79 7.54
Medium AC
2. 11-66kV 3.05 4.71 5.32 6.04 6)9 7.54
"AC
3. 110-132 kV 3.05 . 4,71 5.32 6.04 6.79 7.54
AC
-',
4_
220 kV AC 4.58 4.71 5.32 6.04 6.79 7.54
l
5..
200kVDC 4.71 4.71 I 5,32 6.04 6.79 7.54'
-I
. (
I
j
I
I
I
I
.....---" ---- '---
235

6. 300kV AC '5.32 5.32 5.32 6.04 6.79 7.54

7. 400kV AC 5.49 ,5.49 5.49 6.04 6.79 1,54
8. 400 kVDC ' 6.04 6.04 6.04 6.04 6.79 7.54
9. 500kVDC 6.79 6.79 6.19 6.79 6.79 7.54
10. 600 kVDC 7.54 7.54 7.54" 7.5;4 , 7.54 7.54
,
" ,
;1
"
,
800kVDC
T
T94 7:94
,-
ll. 7.94 7.94 7.94 7.94
(vi) ,a person erecting or proposing to erect a line cross or be in
proximitY with all existing line, shall provide arrangements on his own line
or require the owner' of the other overhead line to"provide guarding
, , arrangements ,as referred to in clause (iii) and (iv);
(vii) in all cases referred to iri, this regUlation the ofpr()yidjng the'
guarding arrangements or protective devices shall person
whose line was lasterected; , "
(viii) where two lines cross, the crossing shall be made as nearly at right
angles as the nature' of the case adinits and as near the support of the !ineas
practicable, and the shan not be erected.below the
upper line; , ,
Ox) the guiudiJlgariangements' shall ordinarily be carried.out by the owner
ofthe which it is made and he shall be responsible for its
effi9ietifmaintenace.
.7{); Guilrding.- (l) Where guarding is required under these regUlations the following
shall be observed , '
(i) every, guard-wire shall be connected with earth at each point at
which itseleetrical continuity is broken; . '
(ii) .every guard-wire shall have an actual breaking strength of not less'
than 635 kg and if made of iron or steel, shall be galvanised;
(iii) every guard-wire or cross-connected systems of guard-wires shall
have sufficient current-carrying capacity to ensure them rendering dead;
without risk of fusing Of the or wires, till cOntact of any live
wire has been removed. \.
------_. ..._-_._----------_... __.-
I
I
I
1
1
!
I
I
I
(
j
I
f
I
j
I
: 236
.. ;
.. TH:EGAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORJDINARY. [PART IIl-SE-e..4]
'"(2)" .In tile case of Ii line crossing over a the guarding shall be
'.. :. subjected to the following conditions, namely::-, .
(i) wheretilereis only one trolley-wire, two be erected
as in DIAGRAM-A; . . .
'. -.' . . .. ".
(ii) where there are two trolley .,..Wires and tile distance between them.
d()esnot exceed 40 ems,' two .guard-wires shall be .erected as in
'. '. DIAGRAM-B;
.(iii)wliere there are ,two. trolley wires arid the distance between tilem
exceedS 4Q.cmsput does not exceed 1.2 metres, three guard-wires shall be
erectedasiri DIAGRAM-C; '.
(iv),;vhere.tilere are two trolley-wires and tile distance betweentheni
exceeds 12 metres, e{lch shall be separately guarded' as in.
DIAGRAM-D;
(v) . the rise ,of trolley boom shall be. so limited that when the trolley .
. leaves tile trolley-wire, it shan notfoul the and
(vi) where a telegraph-line: is liabletoifallor blown down upon an
arm, span-Wire and so slide-doWn upon a trolley-wire, guard
hooks shallbeprdvided to prevent such sliding. .
DIAGRAM:'A
20 ems .' 20 eIils

MIN 60Cms.
-.." .
. .. ..
I
o
i ..
:-.'
,/"
":
['qT1J 4]
.
DIAGRAM-B DIAGRAM-C
237
0
t t
0 0
t
0
.. ',.
t
0
MIN MIN MIN MIN
"
60 Cins 60Cms 60Cms 60Cms
'.
20Cms 20Cms 20Cms 20
.ems
+--{) +-
+-0'"
Over 0 "----+
40Cms . 40 ems and Upto 120cms

20 Cms 20 Cms

60 Cms .
20 Cms . 20 Cms

..... 60Cms
I
o .... .. 0
OVER 120cms,
71. Service lines from overhead liQes..- .No service-line of tapping shall be taken off
an overhead line except at a point of SUppOl:t: .
Provided that the number oftappings per conductor shall not be more than
four in case of connections at voltage not exceeding 650 V.
72. Earthing.- (1) All supports and aU reinforced and prestressed cement
. conbrete supports of lines and metallic fittings attached thereto, shall be
, eitherpermaJiently and efficientlY, earthed by providing a continuous earth wire
and securely fastep:ing to each po.leand connecting with earth ordinarily a.t three
points in every km. with the spacing betweenthe points being as neatly equidistant
as possible or each support and the metallic fitting attached thereto
'. efficiently earthed. .
(2) Metallic, beaIer wire used for supporting of overhead Service
.lines ofvoitagenotexceeding 650 Vshall be efficiently etirthed or insulated.
(3) stay-wire shall be similarly earthed unless insulator has been placed in it
at a heigItt not less fromthe ground.
73. Safety and protectivedevices.- (1) Every overhead line<which is not bt:ing
suspended from adead bearer wire, not being covered with insulatillg material a.nd
not being. a trolley-wire, 'is erected over any pa.rt of a street or other public place
238
-THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
[PARrlll-SEC_ 4]
or in any factory br mine or on any consumer's premises shall be protected with
earth gaurding for rendering the line electrically harmless incase it breaks.
(2) An Eiecmcallnspector may, by notice in writing, require the owner of any
such overheac( line, wherever -it may be erected, to protect it. in the manner
specified in sub":tegulation (I). -
. - . . .
(3) The owner of every overhea.dline of voltage exceeding 650 V shall make
adequate arrangements as per relevant Indian Standards to prevent undesignated
persons from ascending any of the supports of such overhead lines which can be
easily climbed upon without the help ofa ladder or special appliances;
Explanation. Fof the purpose of this relgulation, rails, reinforced cement concrete
poles and pre-stn:ssed cement concrete poles without steps, tubular poles; wooden
supports without steps, I-sections and channels' shall be deemed as supports which
cannot be easily climbed upon.
74. Protection against Iightning.- (I) The owner ofevery line, sub-station
or generating station which is exposed to lightning shall adopt efficient-means for
diverting to earth any electrical surges due to lightning '?Ihich may result into
injuries.
(2) The earthing lead for any lightning arrestor shall not pass through any iron or
steel pipe, but shall be taken as directly as pOSSible from the lightning arrestor
-without tOllchingany metal part to a separate-vertical ground electrode or junction
of the earth mat already proVided for the sub-station of voltage exc'eeding 650 Y
subject to the avoidance ofbehds wherever practicable. - ,
75. Unused overhead Iines.- Where an overhead line ceases to be used as an electric
- supply line:
(i) the owner -shall maintain it in a safe mechanical condition In
accordance with regulation 57 or remove it.
76. Laying ofcables.- (1) No underground power cable of voltage exceeding 33 kV
shall be laid without a minimum underground depth of 1.2 meters. , ....
...'
I
i-
I
t
j
I
I
I
j
-,
!
------- ------- ------------------._----- I
(ii) the Electrical Inspector shall, by a notice in writing served on the
owner, require him to maintain it ill a safe mechanical condition orto
remove it within thirty days of the receipt of the notice.
Protection against electromagnetic intetference.- owner of every overhead
powerline of_yoltage levelllkV or higher shall submit proposal for obtaining
Power Telecommunication Co-ordination Committee clearance to ensure safety of
the personnel and telecom equipment. -
(2) No underground telecommunicatiori cable shall be laid without a mini-mum -
separation distance of 0;6 meters to the underground power cable of voltage
exceeding]3 kY_ --
77.
--... -'" ----------. -"--or->--- ..

239
(:hapter VIII
Safety requirementsf()r.Electric Traction
78. Application ofchapter.- (1) The regulations in this chapter shall apply only
where electricity is used for the purposes of traction:
provided that nothing in this chapter shall apply to electricity used for
the public carriage of passe,pgers, animals or goods 00, or for- the lighting or
ventilatioo of the rolling stock of any railway or tramway subject to the provisions
of the Railways Act, 1989 ('i4 of 1989). . . .
(2) In this chapter the conductor used Jor transmitting electricity to a vehiCle is
referred to as the "line" and the other cOIiductor as the "retuf!l".
(3) The owner of the line, return, rails or trolley wire, as the Case may be, shall be
responsible for the observance of 79 to 92.
.. .
(4) Before an made by the owner of an instaliation of voltage
exceeding 650 V to the Electrical Inspector for permission to 'commence or
recommence after such installation has been disconnected for six months
and above, the supplier shall ensure that the_electric supply lines or apparatus at
voltage exceeding 650 V belonging to .him are placed inposition, properly
connected and dulycompleted.
(5) The supply of electricity !lhall riot be Commenced by the supplier unless and
until the ElectricallnSpeetor is satisfied that the provisions of regulations 44 to 50
and regulation 79.to 92havt: been cOlnplid with and the approval in writing of
the Electrical Inspector has been obtained by him.
. . -'. . .
79. Voltage of supply to vehicle.- No petSOf! shall supply electricity to anytroiley
wire or other conductor at voltage exteeding 650 V used in direct dectrical and
mechanical connection with any. vehicle, except with the written approval of the
Central Government or the BtateGovemment, as the case may be, and subject to .
such conditions as the State Govemment may think reasonable to impose.
..
80. Insulation of Iines.- Every line shall be ;'1suhlted throughout and a line may
consist of either bare conductors supported structures through insulators or
insulated cable.
81. Insulation of returns.- (I) Where any rails on which cars run, or any conductors .
laid betWeen or within 0.9 metre of such .rails, form any part of a return, such part
may beun-insulateu and all other returns or parts of a return, shall be
insulated, unless they are of stich conductivity as to secure the conditions requIred
by:_ SUb-regulations (2) and (3 ) ofregulation 82.
(2) Where any part of a return is un-insulated, it shall be connected with the
negative or neutral of the system, .
. . .: - '. . .'
82.Pro'tiiliio/ 1) return is'in-proximity to
any metallic pipe, structure or not belonging to the owner of the return,
------_._--_._._.. _--_._._-----_.__._----------_.. - _._--
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
i
f
1
I
!
l
I
'I
I
I
240
THE GAZETIp OF INOlA: EXTRAORDINARY"
[PART lIl-SH:. 4]
the owner of un-insulated retun)" shall, i(sorequired by the owner of sucH pipe,;
structure or substance, connect his return iherewithathis own .
. . .' . '. ". '.
(2) Where the return is partly. or entirely un-insulated, theowf\er shim, inihe .
construction and maintenance of his system,adoptsuch means forreduc.ihg the .
difference produced by the current between the potential bfthe un-insulated return ..
at anyone point and the potential of ihe un-insulated return at any other point as to
ensure that the of potential between the un-insulated retliinand any'
metallic pipe, structure or substance in the vicinity shallncit exceed four volts
where the return is relatively positive, or one and one-third volts where the return
is relatively negative.
(3) The owner of any silch pipe, structure or substanc'e in respect of it require the
owner of un-insulated return atreasonable times and intervals to ascertain by
test in his presence or in the presence of his representative, whether the condition
specified in s,ub-regulation (2),is fulfilled, and, if such condition is.found to be
fulfilled: all reasonable expepses of, and incidental to; carrying out ofthe test shall ..
be ?oine by the owner ofthe pipe, structure or substance. .
(4) The potential of un-insulated return wlthrespect to earth at any point shall not
exceed fifty volt under normal conditions.
'. . . . . .'
(5) The petroleum sidings !nstallationearth shall be connected to the un,:insulated .
return to make' itequi-potential and pipelines in the vicinity of the track shm;Jldbe
properly earthed. . . . - ..
. 83.. Difference of potential on nitQi'n... .where. t,he, return is' partly' or entirely un-
insulated, the owner shall keep a.continuous record ofthedifferencecif potential,
.during the,w(>rking Of between every junction. of an irisulatedretlim
with an' \W-:-iqsulated return a:Q.d the po.int. route mostdistflnt from.,..that
,junction, arid the difference.. ;of,potential shall not, under noimal runnihg
conditions,;: e"ceed a mean value of Seven highest momentary
peakand the average for the hOijrofmax;imtirn '.
84.. Leakage on conduit system.- . Where- both the line arid the retum are placed
within a conduit, the following conditions shall be fulfilled in the construction and
maintenance Of the system, .
(i) where the are used to formany part of the they shall be
electrically connected at distances not ex!:;eeding 30 apiirt;-witll the
conduit.by means of COppetistrips having a area of at least
0.40 sq.cm. or by. other meansof.equatconductlvity iuid.where the return.'
.'. is wholly conQ!Jit, the latter shall be
, coimected .with earth at the .gdner4ting' station ,through an
instniment suitable for the indication. of-any coniact-.oq;artiaLcontact of.
line or the returnwith,theconduit; and. . . -
"(iijthe shll(11 ;be" daily, before or' after the
hours. of running;- when' the fully and if at any time it is
to,excee,d the
". v"; .;q:,> .,; '{rtij
-.;'
,'".
"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
r
I
!
I
I
---------------- ---'_._--.
..,- .
. ";
['lWT 4] 241
.
, .
..
transmission and use ofelectricity shall be suspended unless the leakage is
stopped within twenty four hours. . .
85. Leakage on system other than cQnduit system.- Where both the line and the
return are not placed. within a conduit, the leakage current shall .be .ascertained
daiiy before or after the hours of running, when the line is fully charged and if at
.cany time it is found to exceed 0.3 ampere per lan, of single tramway track, the
transmission and use of electricity shall besuspended unless the leakage is stopped
withintwenty four hours.
86.Pas.sengersnot tobave access to electric circuit.- Precautions to.the satisfaction
of ailElectricallnspector shall be taken by the owner of every vehicle tb prevent,- ..
(i) the access ofpassengers to any portion of the electric circuit where
there is dangerJrom elec.tric shock;
(ii) . any metal, or other metallic substance liable to be handled
by passengers, becoming charged.
. - . .
87. Isolation. of sections.- Every troney wire shall be constructed in sections not
. exceeding 1.6 km. in length, and means shall be provided for isolating each
. section.
. 88. Minimum size and strength of wire.-. No trolley-wire shall be of less
than 0.5 sq. em. or shall have an actual breaking load of less'
than 2000 kg. . . .
S9.Height of trolley wire and length span.- A trolley wire or a traction feeder on .
. the same supports asa trolley wire shall, at no place be, at a height from the
.surface ofthe street of less than 5.2 metres except; where it passes under a bridge
or other fixed structure, cir through or along a tunnel or mineshaft or the like in
which it shall be suspended to the satisfaction of an Electrical Inspector.
. . . '. . .
. .
90. Earthing of guard wires.-Everyguard wire shall be connected with earth at
each point at which its electrical continuity is broken andshall also be connected
with the rails at intervals of not more than five spans. .
9l.Proximity to magnetic observatories and laboratories:- Traction works shall
not be carried out in the vicinity of geomagnetic-observatories and laboratories
without concurrence of Government or of any officer authorised by
itin this behalf.
. - . - -. .
92. Records.- (1) The ownershall keep the following records, nanlely : -
.' - ..'
. (i) daily recordsshowing .,...
(a) themaximuill working current from the source of supply;
. (?}th,e at the source ofsupply;
. . .
(c) the difference ofpotential; as required under regulation 83; and
3747
242 THE GAZEITEOFINDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
(d) the'leakage current, if-any, as required under regulation 84 and
85,
(ii)occasional records showing-
(a) every test made under sub-regulation (2) and (3) of regulation 82
(b) every stoppage t\?gether with the time occupied; and
(cl particulars of any abnormal occurrerice affec.tingthe electrical
working of the system.
(2) The records so kept under sub-regulation (1) shall be open to examination by
Electrical Inspector,
Chapter IX
Safetyrequirements 'for mines and oil fields
93. ,Application of chapter."' The regulation in this chapter shall, apply only
electricity is used.in mines as defined in the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of I952)'anr:!oil

94.P.esponsibility for observance> (1) It sha:Il be the duty of every personin charge
of and responsible to the mine including the owner, agent, manager and Engineer
of mine and oil field to comply with and enforce the regulations in this chapter
and it shall be the duty of all persoiisemplo)'ed to conduct 'their, work in
accordance with these regulations. '
(2) ,In every mine.or ielectriCity is being used such numbe; of
deSIgnated supervIsors and electncl<lns be on .duty as the owner may
decide. . .
Explanation.- For the purposes of this regulation, the word "Engineer" shall
(i) in' the case of a coalmiue, have the same meaning as assigned to it
in the Coal MinesRegulations, 1957; . .
(ii)' in the case, of a metalliferous mine, have the same meaning as
assigned to it inthe Mines Regulations.I961;and
(iii) in the case of an oil mine, mean the 'Installation Manager'under
- the Oil Mines Regulations, 1984.
\,
95. Notices.- (1) On or before first day of Februaryi'n every year,in respect of
'every mine or oil-field, returns giving the size and type of apparatus, together with
such particulars in regard to circumsumces of its use which may be required by the
Inspector, shalI be sent to the inspector of mines by the persons spedfied in
...
..........:,
243
96.
regulation 94 in the fonn set out in Schedule-XI or Schedule'-XII whichever is
applicable,
(2) The persons specified in regulation 94, shall also give to the inspector of
mines not less than seven days notice iri writing of the intention to bring into use' .. '
any hew installation in'a mine details of apparatus installed and
its location; .
, -
Provided that in case ofanyadditions .or alterations to an existing installation
of voltage not exceeding 650 'if, immediate notice in writing shall be senUo the
inspector of mines before such additions orlalterations are brought into use. '
:;
Provided further that this regulation shall not apply to telecomlJ1unication or
signaling apparatus,
Plans.-( I) A correct. plan" on ,the as the plan kept at the mine in '
fulfillment of the requirements of the Mines Act, 1952' (35 of 1952), shall be
available in the office at the. mine showing the position of all fixed apparatus and,
conductors therein, other than lights, telecommunication or signaling apparatus, or
cables for the same;
(2) Asirtl,ilar plan on the scale not less than 25 em. toa km, (1 ;4000) shall be kept
by the manager or owner of one or more wells in any oil-field.
(3) A similar plan on such scale as the Central Government may direct, showing
the position of all electric supply lines, shall be kept in the ()ffice of any licensee
or other person transmitting or distributing electricity in amine or oil-field.
(4)' The plans specified under this regulation shall be examined and corrected
often as necessary to keep them up-ta-date and the dates of'such examinations
shall be entered thereon by the manager or owner of the mine or wells and such
plans shall be available tothe Inspector,or inspector of mines, at any time.
97. Lighting, overhead lines, communication,and fire precautions.- (1) Ina .
illuminated by electricity, one or more flame safety lamps, or other lights
approved by the inspector of miI18s, shall be maintairied in a state of continuous
illumination in all places where failure of the electric light at any tiine shall be
prejudicial to safety.
(2) Efficient means of communication shall be provided ill every mine between
tlle point where the switchgear under sub-regulation (1) regulation 105 is'erected,
the shaft bottom and other distributing centres in the mines.
(3) Fire extinguishing appliances of adequate capacity and, of an approved type,
shall be and properly maintained in every place ina mine containing
apparatus, other than cables, teIecommunication and signaling apparatus.
(4) In case of mines, minimum clearance above ground of the of
over head lines or over head cables where-dumpers or trackless vehicles are being
operated, shall not be less than twelve meters in height from the ground across the
road where dumpers or trackless vehicles cross.
244 tHE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART III-SEC. 4]
,-,
;". '," ..
98. Isolation' attt(t'ixing of ttansformer and switchgear.- (1) and
switchgear shall be placed in a separate room, compartment or box where'
. necessary to prevent danger of mechariical damage.
". (2) Unless theapparatusis so constructed, -protected and worked as to obviate the
riskof fire, no,inflammable material shall be used in the, room,
compartment or box containing apparatus, or in the construction of any of .the -
fittings therein and each such room, compartment or box shall be substantially
constructed and shall be kept dry and illuminated and efficient ventilation shall be
provided for all apparatus installed therein.
(3) 'All apparatus that has to beworked or attended to and all handles intended to
be operated shall be placed at a spacious working place which is accessible:
of obstruction and free from danger, so far as circumstances permit. .
99. Method of earthing.-' Where earthing is necessary in a mine it shall be carried out
by connection to an ear:thing system at the surface of the mine and in a manner'
approved by the inspector of mines.-
100. Protective equipment.": (1) In'the interest of safety, appropriate equipment shall
be suitably placed in the mines for automatically disconnecting supply to any part
ofihe system, where a fault, including an earth occurs and fault current shall
not be more than 750 milliampere in installations of voltage exceeding 250 V and
upto1100 Vfor below ground mines and oil fields and 50 ampere in installations
of voltage exceeding 1LOO V and llPtoll kV in open castmiries and the
magnitude of the earth fault current shall' he limited to these specified values by
employingsuitably d.esigned, restricted neutral system of power supply. '
. .
(2) The operation of the switchgear and the relays shall be recorded daily at the
gnerating station, or switch station'in a register kept for the purpose.
(3) The effectiveness ofthe switchgear and the protective system shall always be .
kept andqlaintained in working order, shall be checked once every three months
and the restilt thereofshall be recorded in a separate register kept Jar the purpose.
, .
l'Ol;EarthingmetaL- (l) All metallic sheaths, coverings, handles, joint boxes,
instrurriel)t covers, switch and fuse covers of boxes, all lamp
holders, unless' effideritlyprotected by an insulated covering made of fire resisting _
material, and the frames -and bedphites of generators, transformers and motors,
including portable motors, shall be' earthed .by connection to an earthing 'Systemin
the manner specified iri regulation 99. .
(2) Where cables are provided with a metallic covering-constructed' and installed
in accordance withclause (d) of regulation 106, such metallic covering may be
used asa means of conneCtion to the earthing system. .
(3) All conductors. of an earthing system shall have conductivity, at all parts and
all joints, at least equal to fifty percent of that of the largest conductor used solely
to supply the apparatus; a part of which desired to be earthed:
['qJTT, 4] 245
'.
Provided that, no conductor of an earthing system shaH have a cross.,
sectional area)essthan O;1Ssq. em. except in the case,of the earth conductor-of a
flexible cable u$edwitnportable apparatus wherethe voltage does not exceed 125
Volts, and, the cross-sectional area and of the earthcore is not less
than that of the largest live conductors in the cable."
(4),.All joints in earth all joints ,in the metallic covering of cables
shiiILbe'ptoperlysolderedor otherWise efficiently made. '
, (5)' No switch, fuse or inserted in any earth conductor.
"
(6) This regulation shall not apply, except in the case of-portable apparatus, to
any system in a mine in which the voltage does not excedd30 V.
.,.... {' .
" ,
lQ2. Voltage limits.- Eiectricity shall not be transmitted into a mine at a voltage
"'exceeding 11000 and shall not be used therein at a voltage exceeding 6600
, Volts:
Provlded
(i)' where hand-held portable apparatus is used, the voltage shall not exceed
12S,V;
(ii) where electricJightingis
(a) ,in, underground mines, the lighting system shall, a mid or neutral
p()int.connected with' earth and the voltage shall noty,xceed 125 V between
phases;
(b) on thesurfaceofa mine or inaniopen cast mine, the voltage may be
, raised to 250 V,if the neutral or the mid point of the system is connected
withearth and the voltage betweeitthe phases does not exceed 250 V;'
(iii) where portable are used in underground working of mine,
the voltage shall not exceed 30 V;' "
(iv) where any circuit is used forthe remote cont;o) or inter-locking
of apparatus, the circtiitvoltage shall riot exceed 30V:
. . ',',
Provided further thalii. fIxed plants, the said voltage may beperinitted
,upto 650V, if the bolted type plug ,
i03. Transforiners.:" Where electricity is transformed, suitable shall be made
to guard :against danger by re&son of the lower voltage apparatus becoming
, accidentally charged above its nonnaI voltage byleahge from or contact with the
-hIgher v.oItage apparatus.
l04.Switcbgear and terlninals'.- all dlbfe-joints
and connections to apparatus shall be totally and shall be constructed,
installed maintained as to comply with the following requirements,
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
}
I
i
I
, 246'
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART 4]
(i) all parts shall be of mechanical strength sufficient to resist rough usage;
(ii) , all conductors and contact areas shall be of adequate
capacity and all joints in conductors shall be properly soldered or otherwise
efficiently made; " ,
. . ".
(iii) the lodgement of any matter likely-to ,dinfiiiish' the insulation' or, affect
the working of , ,
(iv) all live pints shall be' so protected or enc1ose,d.as to prevent persons
accidentally coming into contact with them and to prevent danger froin arcs,
short-circuits, fire, water, gas or oil;
(v) where there may be risk of igniting gas, coal-dust, oil or other
inflammable material, all parts shall be, so protected as to prevent open
sparking; and
(vi) every switch or circuit-breaker shall be so constructed as to be capable
of opening the circuit it controls and dealing with any short-circuit without
danger. '
lOS.Disconnection of supply... (1) Properly constructed switchgear for disconnecting
the supply of electricity to, a mine or oil-field shall be provided atapoint approved
by the inspector of mines. '
(2), At any time, when any cable or overhead line supplying electricity to the mine
from the aforesaid switchgear is live, a person designated to the said
sWltchgears shall- be available within easy reach thereof: '
Provided that in the case of gassy coal seam of second degree lind third
degree gassiness, the main mechanical ventilator operiltedby electricity shall be
'interlocked ,with the switchgear so as to automatically disconnect the power supply
in the event of stoppage of main mechanical ventilator.
(3) When necessary in the interest of safety, any apparatus suitably placed, shall
'be provided for discollilecting the supply from every part 01a system. '
" ,
. "(4) If the inspector of ritines in the interest of safety considered' it necessary, he
may direct that the apparatus specified in sub-reguhition (3} shall be so
,to disconnect automatically, from the supply, any section of the system. subjected
to a fault. '
.".,"
(5) Every motor shall be controlled byswitchgear which as
to disconnect the supply from the motor and JrornaU&pparatus connected thereto
and such ,be ,so placedas-to'be easily operated by the person
designated.
'. r ,." .
.. ,,,,.. ,::-.:...: ..,
(6) Whenever required by the inspector of mines the motor shall be controlled by
a switchgear to disconnect automatically the supply in the event of conditions of
over-current, over-'voltage and single phasing.
.....
..'
......
['iWT I1I-mus4J
---_. -----_.,
'247
..... ,.:, ..

(7) .Auxiliary fan shall be interlocked with the switchgear controlling power
supply to the in-bye face equipment of below. ground coal mine for automatic
disconnection of power supplyin the. event of the stoppage of the auxiliary fan.
l06.Cables.- All cables, other than flexible cables Jor portable or transportable
apparatus; shall fulfill the Jollowing reguirements, namely:- .
(i) all such cables, other than the outer conductor of a concentric cable, ;hall .
be with insulating material and shall 'be efficiently protected from
mechanical damage and supported at sufficiently frequent intervals and in such
a manner as prevent damage to such cables; ..
(ii) (a) except as in clause (iii) .cables. ()Jherthan concentric cables
or singie coreottWo core ormulti,core cables protected by a metallic
covetin'g: and which contain all tneconductors ofa circuit shall be used .
where the voltage exteeds 125 Vor when an Inspector considers thai there
is risk Of igriiting gas or coal dust or other inflammable material, and so
directs;
(b) th.e sheath of metal-sheathed cables and. the metallic armouring of
armoured cables shall be of a not less than that recommended
from time to time in "the relevant standard of the Bureau of Indian
Standards;
(iii) where a voltage exceeding 250 V but not exceeding 650 V direct cumint
system is used, two single core cables may beused for any circuit provided that
their metallic ,;overirtgs bonded together by earth conductors so placed that
the distance between any two consecutive bonds is not greater than thirty
metres measured along either cable; . .
(iv) The riletalik covering of every cable shall be -
(a)electricaBy and mechanically continuous throughQut;
(b) earthed, if iUs required (3) of reguiation,} 0 I to be
earthed by a cvnnection" to the earthing system of conductivity specified
therein; .
(c) efficiently protected against corrosion ""here necessary;
(d) of a conductivity at all parts and at all joints at least equal to fifty per
cent of the conductivity . of' the largest conductor enclosed by. the said
metallic covering;<ind .
(e) where there may be risk of igniting gas, cpal-dust, or other inflammable
.' material, so constructed as to prevent, asfar as practicable; the occurrence of
, open sparking as the result of any fault or leakage from live conductors.
(v) cables and conductors where connected to
sWitchgear .andothentpparatus; shall ... ".'"
<';'.r.,.. .. ...' .. c.> .. ,'.' "
. '.:"; :;-: -:' .. \."
\
I
I
\
I
I
1
!
I
I
I
I
i
\
I
i
i
j
!
\
t
I
t
I
I
248 THE GAZETIE,OFINDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART 4]
(a) they are mechanicallyptotected by securely attaching the metallic
covering to the apparatus; and'
,(b) ,theinsillating material at, each cable end is efficiently sealed so as to'
prevent the diminution of properties; , , , ,
, (vi) where: necesSary to preventabrasion or to secure gas-tightnes$, properly
constJ:ucted glands or bushes "
(vii) unantloredcables be conveyed either in metallic pipes.
or metal casings or suspended from efficient insulators by means of non-
conducting materials which will not cut the covering and which will prevent
contact with' any' timbering or metal work and ifseparate insulated conductors
ate used,theY shall be installed at least 3.75 em. apart, ami shall not be brought
together except at lamps, switches and fittings.
. . . .
lQ7.Flexible cables.- (I) Flexible cables for portable or tIansportableapparatus shall
be two core or multi core, unless reqUired for electric welding, and shall be
covere4 with insulating' 'material 'which shall be- efficiently protected from
mechanical injury. " "
, (2)' If flexible metallic, covering is, used either as the outer of a,
concentric cable or as a means of protection from mechanical injury, it shall not be '
used by itself to form an earth conductor for such but it may be used for
that purpose in conjunction with an earthiIlgcore""
(3) Every fle;l(.ible cable intende!ifor use'vv'ithpoItallie or transportable apparatus ,
"shall be connected to 'the system and to stich apparatus by properly :constrUcted'
connectors:

:':
Atev-ery point where flexible cables are joined -to mairi,rta'bles, a circuit
breaker shall be provided which is capable of the
supply, frqm such' flexible cables. ':1\1",-
. -, . .".. .-."", .. -"
'(5) Every flexible" te),a' 'sl1<ilr'be'"
examined periodically by the person designated to and if
such cable is used underground,Jt shall be examined'af..least once jrteach s,hift by
. . J
,:
:;".
','
Provided that for machines of-voltage exceeding'650 V but exceeding ,
33kV a bolted type c()tinector shall be used and be suitably
anchored end., ',.' ;\'
, ft
there are space on-
board motors and equipment fqr transpoitable or portable direct entry
flexible cable with elastomeric sealing rings, compression gland or
sealing box, whicp. does,not alter the, flame, proofproperty may'be;prinitted and if
a cable entrY cim accept any' sealing ring with same but. different
internal diInension" the ring shall a miriimum height of
twenty,._millimeter'for circular ca1;ilesof diameter "not ,greawf .',than twenty
niiliimeter and tWentY five circular cables of d'ianitet greate'r than
, twenty millimeter.
['lWT 4] 249. .
such person and if such cable is found to be damaged or defective, it shall
forthwith be replaced by a cable in good condition.
(6) If the voltage of the circuit exceeds 250 V, all flexible cables attached to any
transportable .apparatus shall be. provided with flexible metallic. screening or
pliable armouring and cables of portable apparatus shall be provided with flexible
metallic screening on all the power and pilot cores.
Provided that the provision of this regulation shall not apply to flexible
cables attached to any transportable or portable apparatus used in open cast mines
or below ground mines where reeling and:unreeling of such cables is necessary as
per design features of the equipment. ,;
(7) All flexible metallic screening or armouring specified in sub-regulation (6)
shall fulfill the requirement specified in clause (iv) of regulation 106.
Provided that in the case of separately screened flexible cables the
conductance of each such screen shall not be less than twerity five per cent of that
of the power conductor and the combined conductance of all such screens shall in
no case be lessthan that of 0.15 sq. qm. copper conductor. '.' .
(8) Flexible cable exceeding hundred metres in length shall not be used with any
.portable or transportable.apparatus:
Provided that such flexible cable when used with coal cutting machines 6r
cutter or loader or armoured face conveyor for long wall operation, or with shuttle
cars or load haul dumper or cutter loader or all alike equipment Jor development
and de-pillaring operation shall not exceed two hundred fifty metres.in length:
. .
, Provided further that 'the aforesaid cable in of an open cast mine when
used with electrically operated heavy earth moving machinery shall not exceed
.three hundred metres in length and for bucked wheel excavator at11 kV shall not
exceed one thousand metres in length.
(9) Flexible c'able, when installed in a mine, shali be efficiently supported and
protected from mechanical injury. .
(IO)Flexible cables shall not be used. with apparatus other than porta61e or
transportable apparatus. . '-
(l1)Where flexible cables are used they shall be detached or otherwise isolated
from the source of supply when not in use, and arrangements shall be made to'
prevent the energising ofsuch cables by undesignated persons. -
l08.Portable and transportable machines.- The person. designated to operate an
eleQtricalli.driven coal-cutter, or other portable or transportable machine,shall not
leave the machine while it is in operation' and shall, before leaving the area in
which such machine is operating, ensure that the supply is disconnected from the
flexible cable which supplies electricity to the rriachine. and when any such
machine is in operation, steps shall be taken to ensure that the flexible cable is not
dragged along by the machine:
3747 G1/10-32
-- .... _. - _ . _ ....._-- ::==:.r--'-
1
I
I
r
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
250 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART m--8EC. 4]
Providedthat all portable and transportable machines used in underground
mines shall operate on remote control from the concerned switchgear with pilot
core protection. - .
l09:Sundry precautiolls.- (I) All apparatus shall be maintained reasonably free from
dust, dirt and moisture. and shall be kept clear of obstruCtion. .' .
(2) Allappatatus' other than po!1able and transportable apparatUs shall' be housed
in a room. compartment or box so constructed as to protect the contents from
damage occasioned by falling material or passing traffic.
(3)L1f1ammable or explosive material shall not be stored in any room,
or box containig apparatus,. odn the vicinity of any apparatus.
(4) In,caseafa fault in any circuit, the part affected shall be made dead without
delay"cmd shall remain so until the fault has been remedied., .
. ' .
(51 While lam,psareneing changed the supply shall be disconnected.
(6) 'No lmnpholder shall have metallic. connection with the giJ.ard metal
work of a, portable hand lamp. . .
(7)'Thetbllowing notices in Hindi and local language ofthe district, So designed
to be easily legible atall times, shall be exhibited at the following
places,namely:-
. .
(i}"where electrical is inuse, a'notice forbidding undesignated
persons to operate or othexwise interfere with such apparatus; .
(ii) in the interior or at the surface of the. mine where a telephone or other
means of communkation is provided, a notice giving full instructions to
person; at the surface oftheminc. designated to effect the disc<;mriection of
the supply ofelectricity to the mine. . . ,
(8) All apparatus, inCluding transportable apparatus, shall be
operated only by those persons who are designated for the purpose.
(9)" Vr'here a plug-and-socket-coupling other than of bolted type is used with
flexible cables, an electri;:al inter-lock or other approved device shall be provided
to prevent the opening of the couplmg while the conductors are live.
110;Precautions where gas exists, - (I) In any part of a coal-seam of the first
gass111ess -
(i) all cables shall be constructed, installed, protected, operated and
.maintained in sUcch a manner as to preventrisk oropen sparking;
(ii) . all signaling, telecormmmicati.on, remote control and. insulation tester
circuits shall be so constructed, installed, protected, operatedand maintained
as to be safe;
..
,.
t,
I
I
1
"I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
----,----'------.._---
...- _. -- .-.. -._---_. --._..... .. -" ..... ..:........:..._...........:.... :....-.:.._.'-":._-_.:....._-_._._._-._.
-.j -
251
,..

f
(iii) all apparatus including portable and transportable apparatus including
lighting fittings used at any place which lies in-bye of the last ventilation
connection shall be flame-proof: -
- ' .
Provided that operated - or battery operated porta,hfe - or
transpOrtable apparatus such as shuttle car, men or material -transporting
equipment ofincreased safety type'He" shall be pennitted at any place with
suitable monitoring devices for detection of gases, if any;
(iv) all electric lamps at any place which lie in-bye of the .last ventilation
connection and return airways shall be in flame proof enclosure and at other
places these shall be in increased safety enclosure type 'e'.
-(2) At any place which lies -in :any part of a coal-seam of second and' third degree
gassiness -
(i)all signaling, telecommunication, remote control and insui<inon te-ster
circuits shall be so .constructed, installed, protected,operated
as to be intrinsically safe; , -
(ii) all cables ,shall be ,constructed, installed, protected, operated ami
maintained in such a manner as'toprevent risk ofopen sparking;
(iii) all apparatus, including portable and transportable apparatus ,used at any
place withinninety metres of any working face or goaf in case ofa second
degreeg-assy mine and' within two hundred seventy metres of any working
face or goafin case' QfJhirddegieegassy mine or at anyplace which lies in-
bye of the last ventilation connection orin any return airways shall be flame.. -
proof; -
(iv) all electric lamps shall be enClosed in flame-proof enclosures.
(3).. Ia.any:oil mine or oil-field, at any place within the zone-2 hazardous areas-
(i) all signaling and telepommunication, remote control and insulation tester
circuits shall'besoconstructed, installed,operated, protected and maintained
as to be ihtrinsicallysafe;
(ii) all cables shall be so constructed, installed, operated and maintained as. to
prevent risk of open sparking; .
(iii) all apparatus and transportable apparatusshall have the
followinu "types of enclosures conforming to the relevant Indian Standards.
namely:- :
(a) enclosure type 'd' or
(b) ,pressurized enclosure type 'p,c'or
(c) sand'filledapparatustYPe 'q' or
(d) increased safety type 'e', 'n' and '0'
(iv) all electric lamps shall be enclosed in increased safety enclosure type 'e'.
-,
;
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
[
I
I
I
I
!
,
I
J
I
__
I
252 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY . [PART Ill-SEC, 4]
(4) In any oil mine or oil-field, at any place within the zone-l hazardous areas-
(I) all signaling and telecommunication, reniote control and insulation
tester circuits shall be so constructed, installed, operated, protected and
maintained as to be intrinsically safe;
(ii) all cables shall be so constructed, installed, openited and maintained as
. to prevent risk of open sparking; .
(iii) all apparatus including portable arid transvortable apparatus shall have
the following types of enclosures conforming to the relevant Indian
Standards, namely:-
(a) flame-proof enclosure type'd' or
(b) pressurized enclosure type 'p' or
(c) sand filled apparatus type 'q'
(iv) all electric lamps shall be enclosed in flame-proof enclosures.
(5) In any oil mine at any place within zone-O hazardous area no 'electrical
equipment shall be used and where it is not practicable, intrinsical1y sf-fe ~ p p a r a t u s
are only to be used with the prior approval of the Inspector.
.- ~ / .. .. ~ .
. (6) In any coal-seam of degree second and degree third gassiness or the hazardous
area of oil-mine the supply shall be discontinued;
(I) immediately, if open sparking occurs;
(ii) during the period required for examination or adjustnlent of the
apparatus, which shall necessitate the exposmg of any part liable to "Open
sparking; . ..
(iii) the supply shall not be reconnected until the apparatus has been
examined by the electrical supervi!;or or one of his duly appointed assistants
and until the defect, if any, has been remedied or the necessary adjustment
made; and . .
(iv) a flame safety lamp shall be provided and maintained in a s t } ~ of
continuous illumination near an apparatus, including portable or
. transportable apparatus, which remains energised and where the appearance
of t};1e flame of such safety lamps indicates the presence of inflammable gas,'-
the supply to all apparatus in the vicinity shall be immediately disconnected
and the incident reported forthwith to an official of the mine and such
apparatus shall be interlocked with the controlling' switch in such a
ma!iller as to disconnect power supply automatically in the event "'of
percentage of inflammable gas exceeding one arid one quarter in that -
particular ,district:
Provided that whe:.:eapparatus for automatic detection of the percentage
. of inflammable gas or vapor are employed in addition to the flame safety
lamps,such apparatus shall be approved by the inspector of mines and
maintained in perfect order.
<.
. ,.
.,i .
253
(7) In any part of a coal-seam of any degree of gassiness or in any hazardous area
of an oil-mine, if the presence of inflammable gas in. the general body of air is
found at any time to exceed one and one quarter per cent, the supply of energy
shall be immediately disconnected from all cables- and apparatus in the area and
the supply shall not be reconnected so long as the percentage of inflammable gas
remains in excess of one and one quarter per cent.
(8) In an oil mine where concentration of inflammable gas exceeds twenty
percent of its lowest explosive' limit, the supply of electricity shall be cut,.off
immediately from all cables apparatus lying within thirty metres of the
installation and all sources of ignition shall also be removed from the said area and
nonna1 work shall not be resumed unless the area is made gas-free:
Provided that such disconnection shall not apply to intrinsically safe
environmental monitoring scientific instruments.
(9) Any such disconnection or reconnection of the supply. shall be noted in the log
sheet which shall be maintained in the fonn set out in SchedubXIII and shall be
reported to the inspector of mines.
(l 0) The provisions of this regulation shall apply to any metaIIiferrous mine which
may be notified by the inspector of mines if inflammable gas or if the
. inspector of mines is of the opiniQl1 tlmt inflammi:lple gas is likely to oqQur insuch
mine, .
Explanation .e:0!' the purpose of this regulation;
(1) the expression of nrstdegree gassiness', !\3oabseam of Sl'lcol1d
degree gassiness', 'cQal-seam of third degree gassiness' an4 'flame,-proof
. apparatus' shf:lll have the meanings. respectively assigned to them in the Coal
Mines Regul!ltions, 1957,
(2) The following areas in an oil-mine or oil-field shall be known as hazardous
areas, namely:" -
(i) an area of not less than ninety metres around an oil-well where a
blow-out has occurred or is likely to occur, as may be designated by the
Engineer-incharge or the seniormost official present at the site;
(ii) an !lrea within ninety metres of an oil-well which is being tested by
Qpenfiow;
(iii) an area within of:
. (a) a Qrany point of clisFharst'l of the
frOl1l pr other point where emissiqn pf hazardous
. atmospherl:l f1oITr!aJlr Jike1r to or .
(b) wildcat Qr well-head prilled in an area
ilbnormal cpp(ijtions are {Q or
, - - - - - , . .
254 mE GAZEITE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART lH-SEC4]
(c) any exploration or interspaced well-head being drilled in the
area where abnormal pressure conditions are known to ex:ist;
(iv) any area within fbur and one half meters of: .
(a) any producing well-head where a closed system of production
is employed such as to prevent the emission or accumulation in the
area in normal circumstances of a hazardous atmosphere; or.
(b) exploration or interspaced well-head' being drilled in an area
where the pressure conditions are normal and where the system of
drilling employed includes adequate measures for the prevention in
normal circumstances of emission or accumulation within the area
of a hazardous atmosphere; or
(c) an oil-well whichis being tested otherthan by open flow.
(3.) means an atmosphere containing any inflammabl{:
. gases or yapours in a concentration capable of ignition. .
(4) "Zone area" "an area in .which hazardous ahnosphere is
continuously present."
(5) "Zone 1 hazardous area" means "an area in which hazardous atmosphere is
likely to occur under normal operating conditions", .
(6) 2 hazardous area" means "an area in which atl:llosphere is
likely to occur under abnoimal operating conditions".
1I1.Shot-firing. (1) When shot-firing is in progress adequate precautions shall be
taken to protect apparatus and conductors; other than those used for shot-firiIlg,
....
(2) Current from lighting or power circuitl;l shall not be used for firing shots.
(3) The provisions of reglliation 107 shall apply in regard to the covering ami
protection of shot-firing cables, and adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent
such cable touching other cables and apparatus..
1I2.Signaling. - 'Where electrical signaljng is used,-
(i) adequate precautions shall be taken to pniyent 'sigIlal and telephone wires
coming into contact with other cables and apparatus;
-
(ii)' the voltageused in anyone circuit shall not exceed 30 V;
(iii) shall. be so constructed as to prevent the accidental
closing ofthe circuit; and
(iv) bare conductors, where used shall be installed in suitable insulators.
113.Haulage: - Haulage by electric locomotives on the overhead trolley-wire system,
at voltage not exceeding 650 V and haulage by storage battery. locomotives may
-:/"
I
\
I
I
I
1
[ tJT1T 4] 255
-'"
be used with the prior consent in writing ofthe Electrical Inspector, and subject to
such conditions as he may impose in the interests of safety.
114:Earthing Of neutral points. - Where the voltage of an alternating current system
exceeds 30 Volts, the neutral or mid-point shall be earthed by connection to an
system in the manner specified in regulation 99.
Provided that When the system is re'quired for 1;>lastinK and .
signaling purposes, the provisions of this regulation shall not apply. .
Provided further that in case of unearthed neutral. system adequate
protection shall be provided with the approval ofthe Inspector
115.Supervision. - (I )(i) One Or more electrical supervisors as directed by the
Inspector shall be appointed in writing by the owner,agent or manager of amine
or by the agent or the owner, of one or more wells in an oil field to supervise the
installlition.
(ii) The electrical, supervisor so appointed shall be the person holding a valid
Electrical Supervisor's Certificate of Competency, covering mining
installation issued under sub-regulation (1) of regulation 29.
, (iii) One brmore electricians as directed by the Inspector'shall be appointed in
writing by the owner, agent or manager of a mine or by the agent or the
owner, of one or more wells in an bil field fOLcompliance with the duties
specified in this regulation.
(iv) The Electrician shall be a person holding license under sub-regulation (l)
ofnigulation 29. .
(v) . For small open cast mines and below ground mines receiving supply at
voltage not more than 650 V and not having portable or transportable
apparatus; electrical supervisor and electrician shall be appointed for more
than one mine by the Inspector. . .
(2) Every person appointed to operate, supervise, examine or adjust any apparatus
shall be competent to undertake the work which he is required to carry out as
directed by the Engineer.
(3) The electrical supervisor shall be responsible for the proper performance of
the following duties, by himself or by .an electrician appointeduncier sub-
regulation (1).
(i). thorciugh.examination of all' apparatus,. including the testing of earth
conductors and metallic coverings for'continuity, as often as maybe necessary
to danger;
and testing or' all new apparatus, and of all app'aratus, re-
erected in. the mine before it is put intoseivice ina newpoiiticin.
(4) In the absence of any electrical supervisor, the owner, agent manager of the
mine and oil field shall appoint in writing a substitute electrical supervisor.
....... .
. ". :y--'
256 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY fPART 4]
(5) (i) The electrical supervisor or the substitute electrical supervisor appointed
under sub-regulation (4) to replace him shall be personally responsible for the
. maintenance at the mine or oil-field, oia log-book made up of the daily log
sheets prepared in the form setout in Schedule... XIII.
(ii) The results of tests carried out in accordance with the provisions of sub-
regulation (3) shall be recorded in, the log-sheets prepared in the form set out in
Schedule- XIII. . .
. Chapter X
MisceIlaneous
116.Deviations.- (ll The Central Government or the State Government, as the case
may, be, by order in writing, allow deviations in respect of matters referred in
.these regulations except regulation 30.
(2)The Electrical Inspector or the inspector of mines may, by order in writing,
. allow deviations in respect of matters referred in regulations 12 17, 28, 35(2)(3)
and (5),36(3), 37(i) to (iv), 41(xii), 43; 44(2), 46, 52 to 54, 57 to 61, 65, 72, 74, 78
to 91, 102, i07(6),(8) and (10) and 114 .
-Explanation- Every order allowing the deviations by the Electrical Inspector or the
Inspector of Mines under (2) shall be placed before the Central or
State Government which may 'disallow or revise such deviations.
AMARJEET SINGH, Secy.
. [ADVTIIV4/187G/2010/Exty.]

, Safety measures for operationand maintenance of electrical plants
{See sub-regulation (3) of regulation (6) '.
Part I
(1) Duration and content of training shall be as specified below:-
(a) Thermal Power (i) The' minimum duration' of the tramlng
courses for the operating engineers and supervisors (mechanical, electrical and
instrumentation) shall be as specified in Table I for coal based, diesel engine
based and gas turbine based thermal power plants. The contents of training
courses arid onjob training, along with respective duration, shall be as specified
. in Part II, Ill, IV, V,VI, VII, VIII and IX of this Schedule, appropriate to the
,specialized course in mechanical or electrical or instrumentation Engin.eering.
Trainees should spep.d time on observing different functions of Thermal Power
Plant along with its operation. After the lecture course is completed the trainees
should be taken on visits to a few modern power stations, and factories
manufacturing turbines, generators, switch gear, instrumentation and auxiliary
equipment. The remaining period will be spent on in-plant train.ing where the
candidates will be given an opportunity to operate or maintain the machinery
by themselves under clQse supervision of the regular operating staff as well as
the training supervisors. Arrangements shall be made for familiarizing the
trainees with the operation of power stations throughsimulator facilities.
-. ".- . . _._.
1
I
i
I
I
I
. I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
i
I
I
!
I
I
I
I

257.
TABLE I
Course Duration for Engineers Plants
Gas Turbine
Based Plant
.. .
.
8 Weeks 4 Weeks '
Diesel
Engine _'
Based Plant
4 Weeks" Weeks
Coal Based
Plant
5 Weeks
12 Weeks
S. Training Course
No.
1. Cotllmon Mechanical,'
Electrical andlnstiumentation
Course
2. Common On Job and
Simulator Training for
Mechanical, Electrical and
Instrumentation
"t-'
--.
-3. Course for _
Engineers and Supervisors
(a) Mechanical
.(b) Electrical
(c) Instrumentation
6 Weeks 2 Weeks 2Y2 Weeks
4 Weeks 4 Weeks _ 4 Weeks
--
. , --
2Weeks 2 Weeks- 2Weeks
---'---_.-:----------- .._------------_#,-_.---:--_.-_.__... _.._---_. __.
..
4. Specialized On Job Training
- for
(a) Mechanical 4 Weeks Nil 4 Weeks
(b) Electrical 4Weeks Nil 4 Weeks
(c) Instrumentation 4 Weeks l'fil _4 Weeks,
5. Plant visits and -evaluation 3 Weeks 3 Weeks 3 Weeks
. . . . .
- (ii) The, minimum duration of the training courses for the -Technicians
(mechanical,e1ectrical and trades) to- assist the operating
engineers and supervisors shall be as specified in Table II for coal based, diesel
engine based and gas turbine basec:l thermal power plants. The contents , of
training'courses arid on job training, along with respective duration, shall be as
specified in Part X, XI, XII, XIII,XIV, XV and XVI of this Schedule,
appropriate to the _specialized trade of mechanical or -electrical or
instrumentation Engineering. The lectures may be arranged and trainees may
spend time on observation in the power stations so that they get familiarized
with. different sections of the power station. After ,the lecture course is
completed the -trainees shall be taken on visits to a few. modem power
,stations and factories manufacturing turbineS, - gel}erators, s:witch gear,
instrumentation and auxilIary equipment. The remaining period will be spent
on in-plant training under close supervision. - ,
3747 G1I1D-33
.
1
I
I
i
1
I
{
I
!
t
I
1
. 258 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
TABLE II
Course Duration for Technicians- Thermal Power Phults
-51. Training Course Coal Based Diesel. Gas Turbine
..
No Plant
. Engine Based plant
PliUit
L Common Mechanical, Electrical 4 Weeks 5 Weeks 4 Weeks
and Instrumentation Course for
Tecbnicians.
Specialised Course for
Technicians -
2 Yz Weeks
(a) Mehanical
2 Yz Weeks 2 Weeks
(b) Electrical .
2 Yz Weeks 2 Yz Weeks 2Yz Weeks
(c) Instrumentation
2 Yz Weeks .2 Y2 Weeks 2 Yz Weeks
f;
3. Specialised On Job Training for .
Technicians
(a)
(b)
(c)
Mechanical
Electrical
Instrumentation
16 Weeks
16 Weeks
16 Weeks
8 Weeks .i 16 Weeks
8 Weeks 16 Weeks
8 Weeks .16 Weeks
4. Plant visits and evaluation 2 Weeks 2 Weeks 2. Weks
. (b) Hydro Electric PoWer Stations.- (i) The minimum duration of the training
courses for the operating engineers and supervisors (Mechanical, Electrical and
Instrumentation) shan be as specified in Table III for hydro electric power
stations.. The contents of trtltning courses and Oh job training, along with
respective duration, shall be as specified in Part XVII; XVlIl, XIX arid XX of
this Schedule, appropriate to the specialized course in mechanical or electrical
or .instrumentation Engineering. The procedure for famililirization visits 'and ih"
plant training shall-be similar to that which has been specified in respect of
thermal power stations. Arrangement may be made forfamiliarizirig the
trainees with operation of Hydro Power Stations through Simulator facilities.
TABLE III
Course duration for Engineers and Supervisors -hydro power plalits
S.
No
Training Course . Duration
1. _Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation 6 .Weeks
Course for Engineers arid Supervisors.
2. Common On Job and Simulator Training for Mechanical; 7 Weeks
_Electrkal and Instrumentation Engineers and
Supervisors.
3. Specialised Course for Erigineers and Sup.ervisors
(a) Mechanical 2 \/2 Weeks
(b) Electrical 4 Weeks
,
(c) Instrumentation 2 Weeks
_.----....... _--.. - - - --------------------------_._- _.._---
3 Weeks
4 Weeks
4 Weeks
.2Weeks .
Z-w .
.. =======;' ._..:.... ...S :=. F
4.' Specialised On Job Trainingfor Engineers and
. .
Supervisors
(a) MechaniCal
(b) Electrical
(c) Instrumentation
5. Plantvisits and eYllluat{on
..
Course Duration foi-Technicians - Hydro Power Plants

Training Course Duration'
t,
3.
.Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
CQurse for T(lchnicians
Common Ort Job Training for E.lectrical and
Instrumentation for Technician& . .
Specialised. Course for Technicians:'
(a) Meehanical '.
, 3 Weeks
4 Weeks
. I Y2Weeks
4.
5.
(b) Electrical
(c). Instrumentation
Spec\alised On JQb Training for Technicians
. (a) Mechanical .
(b) Electrical
. (c) Instrumentation
Plant visits and evaluation
2 Weeks
I Y2 Weeks
4 Weeks
. 4 Weeks
4 Weeks
2 Weeks
,.
(d) Sub-stations and switchyards of generating stations.- Those who are ."
expected to be engaged intbe operation and maintenance of substation associated
with the station, shaH be given a trairlingof duration of notlesstban
ZY2 months for, engineers, and. supervisors (mechanical, electrical and
. instrUmentatlon) and lY2 months fOr technicians (mechanical, electrical and
instrumentation trades). The minitrlum duration of the training courses for the'
operating engineers and supervisors shall be'as specified in table V for
substations associated with generating stations.' The minimum duration of the'
training courses for the technicians shall be as specified in Table VI. The contents
oUhe training course and on job training, along with respective duration shall be
as specified in Part XXV for engineers and supervisors and as specified in Part
XXVI of this Schedule for tethnicians tothe extent ofpractical job requirement.in
sub-station associated withthti generating station. This shall be followed by visits.
and in plant training. Arrangement for Simulator training may also be made.
----.-._._----._------. - , .... __ -.__ -."' _--- .., - - ..
. --::; .....
.;-
GAZETTE OF. INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY 4]
TABLE V
Course duration for Engineers and Supervisors- sub-stations associated with
generating stations
S.No. Training Course \ Duration
1. Mechanical, Electrical and 6 Weeks
Course for Engineers and Supervisors.
2. Common On Job and Simulator Trainirig for Mechanical, 4 Weeks
Electrical and Instrumentation Engineers and Supervisors.
3. Plant visits and evaluation 2 Weeks
. TABLE VI
Course Duration for Technicians- Substations Asso.ciated with Generating
Stations
S.No. Training Course Dui-at;on
. 1. .Common MechaniCal, Electrical and Instrumentation 212 Weeks
. Course for Technicians. .
2. <;.:ommon On Job Training, Jndustrial visits and evaluation 3 Weeks'
(2) Facilitles for creation oftraininginstitqtes.- (a) The Training Institute shall have a
reguh\r building, residential and recreation facilities. ..
. .
(b) The Institute shall have a full time Principal and adequate number
of te.aching staff. .
(c) The Training Institute shall have adequate number of classrooms, seminar
and conference hall and auditorium; . library, computet centre, workshops
(mechanical, electrical and basic workshops), laboratories (control and
instrumentation, water chemistry and relevant testing and research facilities).
The Traimng Institute shall have facilities' for demonstration by static and
wot-kingmodels, simulators, training resource unit supported with Appropriate
:reprographic facilities, Audio-visual training aides, Compl,lter Based Training
(OBT) packages, Liquid Crystal Diode (LCD), Slide andOverheadprojectors.
(d) TheTTainingInstitute shall have a regular 'tie-up the Power Stations,
Sub-stations, Load Dispatch' Centres, transmission and distribution utilities
including hot line training centres so as to provide trairting in the respective
.
(e) The Institute shall have facilities to arrange refresher courses for those
personnel who have already experience in the operation and maintenance. of a
generating station. The' of the Training Institute shall be properly qualified
andpreferaOlyundergone a specialized training course in the art .ofimparting'
training.
(f) The Institute shall have networking oftrairiing facilities with the reputed
educational or professional institutes: '.
(g) Assessment forms for Engineers and Supervisors' and for Technicians to
assist the engineers and supervisors are given at Part XXV1I of this Sche'dule.
ri" ..
4]
261
SYLLABUS FORENGINEERS THE
OPERA'FION AND MAINTENANCE;(i)F THE'COAL;BASED THERMAL
POWiER
Common course:forElectrical,MechanicaLand:Instrumentation'
Item
No.
1
I
Particulars
General :Introduction:
Number
of:Hours
3.
3
...
(i)
(ii) .
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii) .
World_Power Scenario
.GrowthofPower Jndustryin India
Generation Scenarioin India
Transmission and'Dh;tribution Scenario in India
Role ofPrivate (PowerParticipants in India
GrganisationIPower Sectof'Set up
'IntroduCtionto Indian Standard specifications for
Electrical wiring.
il
III
IV
v
Concept ;ofmodenithennaLstation :.'Powergenerationfrom
coal, . Central Stationandlitility' systems; base iload and
peaking stations, concept of unit system,typicalthennal
cycles, .parameters, :heatrates, fueLrates,steamrates, etypicaI
heat-balance ofboiler; turbine and'generator. .
Choice oflocation.oflarge'thermaJ station : Site availability,
facilities, air
: pollution, topography, choice ofsize 'of generating units.
Plant layout 'in hrge ,central .station including machine
arrangements,equipments layout, switcbYardand .auxiliary
arrangements. .
Constructional' details and basic 'principles of large
'pulverized;fuel'boilerand,auxiliaries
3
3
2
15
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
--------- -------_.
. j-
Waterandsteamdrums, :heatersandtubes.
TyPes -of :furnace,mdJiring arrangement and firing
system.,.. Primary, ,secondary air arrangement, burner
arrangement and '. :furnacesafeguard supervisory
system,'bumer'detiils.
Economizers, primary, secondary; superheaters; pre
.
Farced draught, Induced draught; Primary Air
. exnauster,'scanner,andigniter ,air fans, and. gasre-
circulation fans, compressors, seal air fan.
TWes ofcoal mills, (balllraces, ball ,tribe, bowl roller)
stoker, coal feeders, Gravimetric' feeders (Raw coal
feeders) ,
---_... __._,--_.-----_._.... -------. __......_- - ... ------:;::.:.. ..
(ii)
(vi)
(iv)
0.' ...
262
VI
VII
. VIII
IX
THE GAZETfE OF INOlA; EXTRAORDINARY
(vi) Air preheaters, rotary; tubular and steam air heater
(vii) DQst extraction plant- electrostatic, mechanical and
bottom ash system
(viii) Soot blowers
(ix) . Station .instrument and' serviCe .compressep air
reciprocating and rotary compressors.
(x) Feed regulating station
(xi) Boiler m04ntings, ,drum level indicators , safety
valves, stop valves, start-up devices, sampling,.
chemical dosing, continuous blow down, air .vents and .
drain system, critical piping supports and hangers
(xii) Refractories and laggings as used in modern power
stations.
(xiii) Ash disposal system - Dry bottom, wet
scrapper and clinker grinders.
Construction and working principles of Turbine and
auxiliaries; .' .
(i) Principle of operation, heat conversion cycles, tYpes
of turbines.
Casing Stellm chests, wheel. blading,
diaphragms, control valves, glands, flanges and HT
bolt heating, beanngs, governing system..
(iii) . Condenser, vacuum pump, steam.
cin;ulating water PH1JlpS
.PlllllR
s
, .
cooler.f!; filters, shaft turome and Ilftmggea,r, !ylaIn
. pi) Jackillg"'oll PllIl1P, AC-
PC ", ," .
800ling .
water system', auxiliary . ..'
Low pressure and high water heaten;,
anq
drip, air venting lind drlllP system . .
(vii) High pressure and low-pressure by-pass systems.
(viii) Automatic turbine run-up system
Various types of valves, traps, their constructional details
and Cranes, hoists- characteristics and controls ..
Construction and working prinCiples of 'alternators and
excitation systems:
(i) Alternators, cooling arrangements (Hydrogen/air
cooling); stator water cooling, Hydrogen sealing
system ."
(ii) Main and pilot exciters, voltage regulatots, types and
characteristic, amplifier and magrietic amplifier, static
excitation system, Automatic Voltage Regulation
(AVR).
(iii) Method of grounding.
Construction and working principles of fuel handling plant
equipments :
[PARTIII-,--SEc. 4]
3
3
2
10
..
':-"' .. : .....
. _ _- _.. _._ '._-_.. _ _-_ _-_. ----
263
(i) Coal Handling Plant ;.. Wagon Tippler, hoppers,
vibratory feeders ,. screen and conveyor system.
crushers, magnetic separators apd pulleys, dust
suppressors, dust extractors, stacker re-c1ahner, rotary
breakers, Merry..do"Rouhd system, ..
(ii) Fuel oil hlmdling plant - Oil storage tanks; unloading
station oil pumps and heating arrangement
(iii) Coal transportation by ship- Coal transportation by
different types ofs,hips such as gearless ship, geared
ship, self unloading ships, ship loading and unloading
equipment such as grab type and continuous ship
loaders! 1m-loaders.
(iv) Coal washing and blending
X Construction and working principles of Ash and slag
handling equipments: ..
Electrostatic preCipitators, methods of conveying, pneumatic, .
hydraulic, bucket elevators, conveyors, screw
extractor.s, ash slurry pumps,High pressure and low pressure
pumps, dry ash collection. Power Environm.ent Interface, ..
Environmental Management System
XI Water Sources and treatment:
(i) Raw water pumping station, domestic, circulating and
boiler makeup \vater treatment, River saJinity, local
water conditions, water recovery system, their
variations indifferent seasons and effects on
. power station operations;
(ii) Hydrogen generating plant
3
3 ,
Solid, liquid and gaseous fuels analysis.
Coal-types and suitability for different kinds of
.. boilers-:-alterations in firing methods due to change of
coal composition.
Fuels:
(i)
(ii)
XII
XIII . General understanding of Basic flow diagrams m power
stations practice:
(i) Coal cycle.
(ii) Fuel oil cycle.
(iii). Air and gas cycle. .
(iv) Fly ash and bottom ash! slag handling arrangements.: .
(v) Condensate and feed heating cycle (froin condenser
hot well up to economizer).
(vi) Water and steam cycle (from economizer to turbine
. inlet).
(vii) Chemical dosing circuit
(viii) Circulatingwater cycle..
(ix) Governing oil,turbine oil, generator, Seal oil circuit.
(x) Hydrogen filling in generator and hydrogen gland
sealing9f generator. Bearing cooling system.
(xi) Stator water cooling cycle
3
. .
264 mE.GAZETTE ot iNDIA: ExTRADRDINARY
XIV Direct and .closed cooling water circuits, cooling towers -
types and characteristics,
XV D.C. andA.C. power supply for auxilianes,arrangements of
unit and station boards,station lighting and, automatic
changeover. .
XVI Transformers:'. Main transfarmers, . interconnecting
transformers, .station/unit transformers, voltage grounding
transformers, type of connections, paralleling, tap changing
gear.
XVII Outdoor switchyard, single line diagrams bus bars, circuit
breakers,isolators, current transformers, potential
transformers, lighqring arresters, grounding.
XVIll Indoor and outdoor switchgear: Types - bulk oil; minimuni
oil, air blast, vacuum air breaker, gas breakerconstrllc:tional
and functional details. .
, [PART III-SEC. 4]
3
3
4
4
4
XIX
xx
Working principle ba,sics of Instrumentation and
measurements: Details of measuring instruments. for
pressure, flow, temperature,. level, draught, vibratiQn,
eccentricity,. conductivity, pH value; differential expansion,
oxygen analyser, v.oltage, current, active power; reactive
frequency, energy, winding temperature. . Auto-
controIlers, hydrogen purity meter, axial shift indiCator and
recorder, flue gas analysers, megger .,. its use for primary.
detection .of faults, data acquisition system, digital
distributed control, UPS; Unit co-ordinated master control.
Pre-commissioning( commissioning activities-Boiler
Hydraulic test, alkali boil out; acid cleaning, TG: Alkali
flushing of regenerative system, acid cleaning of o,il pipe
TO on barring' Others: rotor valve
blasting, steam roller synchronizing .
Operation, qontror and supervision
(i) General boiler start-up procedure;
(ii) Operation of boilers under', different loading
conditions, soot blowing,
(iii) Analysis of feed and boiler water, fuel, flue gas at
station laboratory, Power plant chemistry-chemical
operatingregimeaild:control, steam-purity
(iv) Banking and preservation of oilers.
(v) " Demonstration wherever possible through' simulators
- of various operating conditions. .
(vi) Handling of boiler under failure conditions, (such as
tripping of turbo-alternator set,high! low drum levels,
flamefailure, failure ofsupply to,auxiliaries) .
. and under emergency conditions such as grid
12
12
, ,
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
!
I
f
i
!
(x)
(ix)
(vii)
.4:
['lWT. 4]
XXI
XXII
. .
failures, tube failures, fire out and furnace expl9sion
General start up procedure for high-pressure multi-
cylinder reheat type turbines from cold, warm and hot'
conditions. . .
(viii) Handling. of turbine, generator. and auxiliary plant
under failure conditions, such as vacuum faiiure, low
feed water, condenser levels, excitation failure,
. water failure, feed water heater high levels, ..
excessive vibration, water or oil ingress In generator, .
failure of lubricating, sealing oil circuits and
emergency conditions such as grid' faihire,' black
starting. . .
loading, parallel
Mw and MYAR sharing.
Operation of vents and drains in boiler and tUrbine
Controls and Protection - Se<juential operation and interlocks:
(i) . Unit protection and interlocks.
(ii) Boiler and auxilianes.
(iii) Turbine and auxiliaries.
(iv) Combustion. control-pressure, fuel, aIr and feed
heating cycle...
(v) Feedwater and fuel heating cycle controls.
(vi) Turbine governing, speed setting, speed droop setting
and control circuits. .,
(vii) Generator. protection- under-voltage, over-voltage,
differential reverse power, under-excitation, negative
phase sequence, earth fault with types ofthe relays
used, Back up impedance, frequerrcy' relay, pole
slipping an.d over current relays .
(viii) Importance of sequential interlocks. . ,
(ix) Transformerprotectibn - differential,overload; earth'
faults, high temperature, buchholzwith tYPesbfthe
relay's .
(x) LT/HT motor electrical protection- Types of motors
and variable speed drive and speed controls.
(xi) Varioustypes ofpumps arid their starting and control.
(xii) Steam pressure andtemperature control
(xiii) Furnace purging. .
(i) Various types of valves, maps; their constructional
details and application .
(ii) . Fire-fightinga.nd emulsifier type protection.
21
265
XXIII - General safety precautions, treatment of electrical acid or
alkali burn,. permit to work! first aid, protective clothing,
safety in movement and storage of materials, switchyard
safety. .
1
XXIV Indian Boiler Rules, Factory Act, Electricity Act, 2003, 4
Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety
3747 GI/1D--34
.. ._. _ ... .. - . .. .,....- ._.__. ._. __.. __.._0' . _
.. -- .. .... -_ .
";: '
THEGAZETIE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other statutory
Regulations corll,:emingPower -(General outline),
Environmental Pollution ActJRegulatlons..
-XXV. General plantmaintenance procedure. ;PERT/CPM methods. 6
-.Powerstationrecords,maintenance.plaf!liing.
jPtiRT III-SEC. 4]
*XVI ,Efficiericy and environment, ,planLperflmnance, generation 12
cost,efficieIreYmonitonngand.optimizatioIi,. stack- emission
monitering;andambientaii:quality. AvailabiHty; Based: tariff,
.CERCnotificati<)D on:"Tariff. .
,P-ersonnelmanagement" duties arid ;responsibilities, labour 2
laWs3nd'labourwelfate. -. -
xxyIII;llroad 'Principles of-material ml;iuagement and inventory 2
c<>ntrol
Total 145 %Hours
:= 5 Weeks
XXIX"On;Job Training: lO'Week.s
.' (t);,ConuolT:QOm-deskoperation-s;
_(i) _- - _
{ii}- -' Protect,ion-intetl0Cks,
(iii) Lighttip-procedures:and:Toutine ,checks, .
(iv) StoPPing and emergency _operations oeBoiler.
Turbine._Generator aad.'theii, auxiliaries .
(v) Electrical ()peration off-site plant
l()cation .
2. S-imulatortrainingfComputer-applicationsinoopel'ationand 2 Weeks
. .
.-
-.
\
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

'ParOll
,SYLLABUS FORENG1NEERSANDSUPERVISORSENGAGEDIN THE',
, 'OPERATIONAND;MAINTENANCEOFTHE, DIESELENGIN,E BASED,
, 'POWERPLANTS ',-
Comrrion course,forJ31ectrieal,Me,chanical,and Instrumentation'
'2(17 ' '
.. '
Item
No.,
I
Particulars'
'2
General Introducti0n:
(i) World&werB.ceiIario ,
(ii) "Growth,ofiPower,Inanstryinlildia
(iii)' GenerationScenano,-inindia' ,
(iv)' ,TransIllisslon andDfStribulionScenario in India
(v)
(vi) 'OrgimisationfPower'Sect0fset'up'
'(vii) 'Introduction, toindian Standard:speCification's for Electrical
wiring ,
Number
ofHolirs
3
3
" ,
Site availability, 'water
requift}ment. fuel; load centers, tratisport facilities, air pollution,
topography; choice ofsiz ofgenerating units: "
... . - ...
,Concept ofmQdem,DieselPower Sta,tion;Power '
Heavy Fuels, ,CentfalStationand.,Utility systems, base lmld and'
rates, heat balance
,of enginesandgeneral>pnnciplesiof
entropy, etc.
II
III
IV
V (i)
(ii)
(iii)
IC Engines;'c1assijication" based: on2' Stroke, 4 'Stroke; SI;'
CI, comparisonS; difference between CI and' st,
classification, by cylinder arrangements; engine parts and '
materiaisusecl, indicatedtherrtlalefficiencY%i" mechanical" '
" efficiency %, specific, fuel consumption, air fuel' ratio,caL
',' ' , "
Air parameters,
Stirling, cycle, Ericsson' cycle;' Lenoir cycle,
Auto cycle, DuaLcycle,' Diesel cycle, ,Atkillsollcycle;
Brayton cycle, :fue'lair cycles; ,varibus '!osses;,effect 'of
variables :such as ',compression ratIo, ftielratio,etc.,
between real cycle and ,
,Petroleum' ',' fue,ls, . introduction and structures,' refining'
processes and products, ;Diesel fuels,octanenumber,
, cetarie' number;'calonfic viscosity; flash, point, pour
, point, sulphur content, ash, c.diltent; asphaltens, water and
3
2
18'
I
i
I
I
\
I
!
I
I
I
I
!
I
1
268
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
sediment .' content; catalytic firies, problems caused by
heavy fuels.. ,
Combustion: - IC engines, air fuel ratio - delay period
. and factors affecting it -"- knock, theory and meth6ds
. of control, observations of burning. of gases - cold starting .'
of IC engines and aids. .
Super charging objects - cycles":' methods -'effects of
supercharging on performance, of the engine
superchargers--: turbo charging and.methods
.Dual fuel' and combu$don arid factors'
affecting combustion - characteristics of multi fuel engines
- suitability of 'various engines as. multi fuel unit - ..
performance of multiple engines. .
Engine - friction and lubrication - lubrication principles ...;..
bearing lubrication - functions of lubricating system -
properties of lube' oil -::-' additives --:. classification of lube
oils, filters - crank case ventilation..
Engine cooling - areas of heat flow :- heat transfer -',
piston and cylinder temperature '- quantity of water
required cooling systems - air cooling, water cooling and
comparison, Ie - cooling of water, radiators, cooling fans, .
thermostatic control, etc.
ConstrUctional features of engine - crank case -crarik-
shaft - main and connecting rod bearings - connecting rod
- piston, crown and ring's, cylinder liners,cylinder head -
exhaust and inlet valves --:fue1injection pump- injectors-
cam shaft push rod.s - tappets - rocker arm etc.
Performance .and Testing of. Engines basic
measurements...;. speed -specific lube oil consumption-'-air
consumption - exhaust smoke ":'emissions - BHP - FHP .
and IHP measurements, de-rating of engines.etc.
Air pbllution - pollutants Diesel .emissions- smoke and ..
control Diesel odour comparison of Diesel and
other fuel emissions.' ,
[PART III-SEC. 4]
I
,!
I
I
':e!': ......__ -.-
VI Construction and working principles ofD.G. plant auxiliaries:
(i) HeaVy,fuel oil handtingsystem: --: railway siding, package'
, transfer pumps - storage tariks; dip measurements,'
temperature anddensitycotrections, shrinkage . - heat
tracing and controls - measurements of fuel parameters
stich as viscosity, density, flash point,sulphurconttmt, ash,
water content, acidity, calorific value, carbon residue, pour'
point, fire fightingarrangementsintheHFO '
(ii) HFO Purifiers: - function of liFo centrifuge...:. purification
..::. clarification -' principles of centrifugal, pump. -'
" component parts of separator and separator plant - layout
diagram of separator plant- sectional view of separator-
operating cycle of plant - recommended
separator_ temperatures - sludge removal; sludge transfer
pump..
. 18
['qJ1T 4] 269
(iii) Common Heavy fuel oil System: - functions of settling
tanks, service tanks fuel transfer pump -, heat
tracing of settling and' service tartksand temperature
control. '. ". . .
(iv) Diesel Handling system: .: transportation modes :..:..
measurements - storage - :fire fighting arrangements etc.,
common diesel oil systems..c. transfer pump etc.
(v) .Common Lube. Oil System:, - transportation
measurements - storage lube" oil
. characteristics' such as flash point kiIiematic viscosity -
viscosity index, TBN value, insolubles in Hexane and ..
Toluene.
(vi) Cooling water Treatment ChoiCe of water refrigerant
- classification of water - matter' present in water -
analysis of water for acids, bases and salts"'- pH value -
disadvantages such as incrustation, sediments - galvanic
corrosion - battery effect -influence of chlorides and
sulphites '- cavitation, protection methods - plant cooling
water system and boiler water treatment methods and
systems.
(vii) Engine cooling water system and injector cooling water
system. Detailed analysis of single line P&I diagram. .
(viii)' Air Intake System: - oil bath filters -'silencer over speed
butter fly and pressure relief valves - air temperature
controi methods. Detailed analysis of single line P&I
diagram.
(ix) Exhaust Gas System: - general flow diagram - recovery
boiler ,,:- exhaust gas regulating valves - silencer ..,..
expansionjoint,etc" .
(x) Compressed Air:- classification of compressors:":" operation
of single and multistage, compressCirs - maintenance
problems - detailed analysis ofP&I diagram of plant
.common air and unit control air ,compreSsor systeins. ..
(xi) Governor: - governor basics of hydraulic
and mechanical governor -speed droop, governor oil, and
introduction to electronic governing - comparison with '
mechanical governor - over speed shut down.
(xii) Effluent Treatment Plant: - collection pit "'- decantilti<)ll pit
- sludge pit - buffer pit - decanter unit - deoiler, unit -' fuel
recovery - coalescentfilter.
(xiii) Fuel and lube oil system:':detaiJed analysis of P&I diagram
of unit fuel oil system and lube oil system - viscosity
,
(xiv) Properties of Steam: - of steam, definitions
.. connected with steam - steam tables - Mollier diagrams-
- classifications of.boiler - .waste heat recovery"- detailed
analysis of P&I diagrams of common and unit steam
systems.
VII Various types of valves, traps, their constructional details and 4
application, cranes hoist characteristics and c9ntrols..
270 THE GAZEITF; OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY . 4]
4 VIII Construction and working principles of alternator and excitation
systems: '. .' '. . ..,,' . -
(i) Alternator, Cooling Arrangements;
(ii) Static ExcitationSystem, Automatic voltage regulator.
(iii) Method ofGrounding; . . . .
IX . D.C andA.Cpowersupply for auxiliaries, and 2
station switch. cubicles, station lighting and aut01Jlatic change over.
, '
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
Transformers -. .
Main transfoimers,' interconnecting transformers; .station/unit
transformers,. and . neutral grounding . parallel
operation onload, and offload tap changing gears.
Olitdoor switch yard :- Single line diagrams, .busqars" circuit
breakers, isolators, current and potential transformers, lightning
arrestors; ,iinportance ofearth matgrounding..
Indoor andOutdoor switch gear - .': .
Types - bulk oil, mininmmoil, air blast, SF
6
,andvacuum circuit
breakers, coristructron: and functional' details
Working principles and .basics of instrUmentation and
measurements :
Details of measuring instruments for pressure, flow, temperature,
level, vibrati.on;. eccentricity, conductivity,. pH values; differential
expansion, current, Noltage; frequency, active andrea.etive power; .'
energy, megger - its use; multimeter,data acquisition. system,
digital distributed:control; UPS, pro'grammable logiC controller. ..
.Operation, control and supervision : , .
(i) General' startup. procedure, m1inual, and automatic starting,
change .over to heavy fuel
(ii) '. Operation of engine loading conditiops...
(iii) Engine' safety :- Crank case: pressure, mist concentration
monitor, lube_oil ,ultraJow pressure'and!iigh temperature;. :
jacket water high .temperature, over speed"tripping,
common electrical faults, turbo charger, lube oil outlet high .
temperature, fuel oil low pressure, water 'low .
pressure; engine inlet air high temperature, etc. .... .'
(iv) Starting and runnirig-- in, of the engine after .....
precautions. . '.
,(v) , Load reduction, normal stopping, and emergency stopping;
rinsing'operations. '. .
(vi) -Operation and supervision ofrunning DG
(vii) Operating anomalies - causes and remedies.
(viii) Precautions' to be taken for restarting engine afterlorig
period of immobilization.
: (ix) Alternator; synchronizing, loading , .
MW and MVAR
3
3
-6
9
I
i
\
\
I
i
1
I
\
I
\
\
\
I
, 1
i
\
!
I
1
,
j
!
1
,
i
1
I
[ '!WT. 271
XV Controls and . :- operation and inter locks
detailed study oflogical diagrams of PLC, -transforiner protection
- differential, over load, earth fault, oil and winding high
temperature, .Buchholz LT andHT motor electrical'
protection,. types of motors, variable speed drives and controls,
. generator protection .,- under and over voltage, differentia'l, reverse
. power,-underexcitation, negative phasesequente, eartiifault, etc., .
various types of pumps, their starting and controls, neutraJ shift
relay, etc. -.. . .....,
XVI Fire Fighting and emulsifier. type ofptotection.
XVII
6
2
XVIII Indian Boiler Rules, Factory Act, Electricity Act, 2003, Central 4 .
Electricity Authority (Measures. relating to' Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 arid other statutory Regulations
concerning . power stations, Environmental _ Pollution Act!
Regulations.
XIX General . Plant Maintenance procedure, PERT/CPM methods, 3
power station records; maintenance planning.
xx Efficiency and environment, plant perfonnance, gi:meration cost, 9
efficiency monitoring .apd ()ptimization. stack emission monitoring
and ambient air quality, 'fud .and lube oil conservation' and
'. minimization of auxiliary losses. Availability based tariff, .CERC
notification on tariff.
XXI Personnel management, duties and responsibilities, labour laws _ 3
. and labour welfare.
'-
XXII!?road Principles of material management and inventory control 2
Total 110 Hours
=4 Weeks
XXIII On Job Training:
(1) Control Room Desk Operations: 2 Weeks
'(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Prestart Checks.
Protection and starting inter locks.
Routine checks such as leakages,. pressure, temperatures,
leve-Is, operation of air, fuel, hibe oil filters, checks for.
oil flow in the engine and turbocharger; oil. seal
. pressure, checks for rio water, no oil or fuel leaking from
decompression cocks, checks for abnormal noise, mist
concentration, crankcase pressure, starting- air pressure,
cylinder temperatureafterrunning,bearingteniperatures; .
: .. ,
0-"---""'--"'-
.. ._-_._..__.. _--_.. _.- .-... ..... '.-..
----- - ._--_.-_-- ---..-.--_.--_.----
m
THE GAZETrE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY. [PART III..,-SEc. 4]
(v)
(vi)
. (iv)
starting firing sequence. . .
Stopping under emergency conditions of engine,
generator and auxiliaries, rinsing"operations '.
On site Electrical operation location and off site plant
. locations. . .
Simulator Training/Computer' applications in operation
and mainterian?e of the plant. .
2. To be associated with field maintenance . Engitleersirithe area 2 Weeks
(i) Fuel handling and purifier .
(it) Compress<if and ETP
(iii) JW, LO Seal Pumps and drive, chemical dosing system
_(iv) JW, IW level controIfers viscosity Regulations
(v) Charge air Regulations, cyl. temp.monitor . .
(vi) "Engine air modular protection inCluding calibration of
inputs and setting of threshoids '.. .
(vii) Starting air control equipment andflring sequence.
.(viii) Steam' system. level controllers, calibration,. press
controllers, boiler circulating water pumps, condensate
transfer pumps, etc.
(ix) NDT and Welding
Part IV
SYLLABUS FORENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN THE
OPE.RATION AND OF TilE COMBINED CYCLE GAS
TURBINE BASED pQWEItPLANTS
Common course for Electrical, Mechanical and Instrumentation
.'
Item No. Particulars
1 2
I General Introduction:
(i) .' WorId Power Scenario
(ii) Growth of Power Industry in India
(iii) GerierationScenario in India
(iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in mdia
(v) .. ' Role of Private Power Participants In India
(vi) Organisation/Power Sector set up
(vii) IntrOduction to Standard specifications for Electrical
wiring
Number of
Hours
3
3
II
m
IV
Concept of Gas'Turbine: power generation from petroleum fuels
such as naphtha, gas, modular NGLCeiitral Station alld utility
systems, base load and peaking stations, concept of system, typical
. and Combined cycles,. parameters, heat rates, fuel rates, steaIJl.
rates, typical ht<.,at balan<;eof gas tur?ine, waste hea(recovery boiler
andturbo generator. .
Choice of location of large Gas Power Station: Site availability,
water requirements, fuel supply centers, air pollution,' topography.
Plant layout in large central station including machine arrangements,
equipment layout, switchyard and auxiliary arrangements.
3
3
2
..
--.
.. - ---_._-------_., ---_.-.._-.._-------;_.. ----- .. --_...._--- ... _.._._--.----_.
VI
"
V Constructional details and basic principles of gas turbines.
(i) Airfilters
(ii) Compressors
(iii) Furnace chamber
(iv) Gas turbine
,Gas Turbine Air Intake inlet air filtration, Exhaust system and
Compressor System, Gas turbine auxiliaries' ,and governing system,
Air compressor and Air drawingsystem
Y13
12'
6
..
VII
VIII
IX
X
Construction and functionalteatures ,of.' steam tutbirteand
auxiliaries, governing system; oil system, control valves "
Construction and working principles of Alternators and excitation
systems:""',",,'
(i) Alternators, cooling arrangements (hydrogeil/air cooling),
stator water cooling, hydrogen sealing system.
(ii) CharaCteristic " amplifier, andmagnetic"amplifier, static
excitation system, Automatic Voltage ReguJation (A.VR).
(iii) Method <;>fgrounding. '
handling, storage and supply, fuel characteristic
General understanding of Basic flow diagrams in power station'
practice:
(i) Fuel cycle
(ii) Air Cycle
6
6
3
6
XI - Direct and closed cooling water circuits, coolingtowers, types and
characteristics. ' '-
c'
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
D.C. and A.c.power supply forauxiliaries,arraJigements'of-unit,
and stationboards, station lightingand automatic changeover.
Transformers: Maintransfortners, interconnecting trahsformers,
statioil/unit transformers; voltage groundirig transformers, type of
paralleiing, tap changing gear:
Outdoor switchyard, single line diagrams, busbars, circuit breakers;
isolators, current transfonrters,potbntial transformers,lightning
arresters, grounding.
Indoor and outdoor switch gear: Types -bulk oil, minimum oil, air
SF
6
, and vacuum cIrcuit breakers, construction and functional
details.
Working principle and basiCs of Instrumentation and measurements:
Details, of measuring instruments for pressure, flow, temperature,
level, ,draught, vibration" eccentricity, conductivitY, pH value,
differential expansion, oxygen analyzer, current, voltage, active
power, reactive power, frequency, energy, winding temperature.
Auto-controllers, axial shift indicator and recorder, flue gas
2
3
3
3
8
3747 G1I1D-35
-_..__..:...._._-----_... -. _.------'---_..---.__.. --_ ..
..d-_ ... ,. __ --"" .. .... -.
(i)
(ii)
(iii) .
. (iv)
(v)
274
XVII
XVIII
XIX
xx
TIlE GAZEn'EOF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
analyzers, Megger - its use. fOf primary detection of fauits, data
acquisition system, digital distributed control,UPS, Unit
co-ordinated master control.
Precommissioningl Commissioning Activities
Operation, control and supervision
(i) General gas turbine start-up procedure.
(ii) Operation of gas turbine under different loadingconditions.
(iii) Analysis ofwater, fuel, at station laboratory.
(iv) Demonstration wherever possible through simulators of
operating conditions. . .
(v) Handling of gas/steam turbine under failure conditions (such
as tripping ofturbo,:"alternator set, failure of supply to
auxiliaries) and emergency conditions such as grid
failures, tube failures, fire out, etc. .
(vi) Uenerid start up 'procedure for turbines from
cold warm and hotconditions. .
(vii) Handling of turbine, generator and auxiliary plant under
failure .conditions, and emergency conditibns such as grid
failure.
. (viii) Alternator-synchroniZing, loading, parallel operations
l
MW
and MYARsharing... . .
(ix) Water Treatment and water chemistry, R 0 System and
. mesied bed, Boiler meter internal treatment
Controls and Protection - Sequential operation and interlocks:
. Unit protection and interlocks.
Gas turbine and auxiliaries.
SteamTurbine and auxiliaries.
control-pressure; fuel, air cycle.
Turbine govetning, speed setting, speed droop setting and
control circuits. '
(vi) Generator protection; . over-voltage, .
differential, reverse power, under-excitation; negative phase
sequence, earth fault and types of relays used.
(vii) Importance of sequential inters locks.
(viii) Transformer protection - differential, overload" earth faults,
high temperature, Buchholz and types of relays used.
(ix) LT/HT motor electrical protection .
(x) Types of motors and variable speed drive and speed controls.
(xi) . Various types ofpumps and their starting and control.
(xii) Steam pressure and temperature coritrol including automatic
detection and alarm system for naphtha fuel handling I
storage:
(xiii) Furnace purgIng.
l'ire-fightingequipment and permanent fire fighting appliances
including automatic detection.
[PARt tU.......,SE<;. 4)
4
22
18
...
..--:.:__. _

. :..,':..;
...... -.. - . __... ---_." .._-- ._------.------- ... __.. _.:_--_..- ._.. _':'-: . ..:..---_.;... _.----_...:...-.-'..:_------
;ifs
2 XXI
General safety precautions, treatment, of electrical or acid! alkali"
bum, 'permit to work, first aid, protective clothing, safety in
movement and storage of materials, switchyard safety"safehandling ,
of naphtha fuel in transport, in gas turbines:
XXII Indian Boiler Rules, Factory Act, Electricity Act, 2003, Central 4
, Electricity Authority (Measures" relating, to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other statutory' Regulations
c'oncemingPower Stations' (General outline), ' Environmental
Pollution Act/Regulations. '
..
XXllr
XXIV
General plant maintenance procedure, PERT/CPMmethods, power
station records, maintenance planning.
Efficiency and environment, plant performance, generation cost,
efficiency'monitoring and optimization, stack emission monitoring
and ambient air quality. Availability Based Tariff,CERC
notification on Tariff, Gas Turbine Emission guidellnes and control
metho'ds, Non emission target levels, Power output allowance, Heat
recovery allowance, emission levels for other contaminants . '
9
"
XXV Personnel management, duties and responsibIlities, labour laws and
labour welfare. "
XXVI BroaCl Principles of material management and inventory control 2
Total 140 Hours
=4Yz Weeks
XXVII On Job Training:
(I) Control room desk operations:
7 Weeks
(i)
(li)
(iii)
_(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Pre- start checks,
Protection interlocks,
Light up procedures and routine checks ,
Stopping and emergency operation .of Boiler, Turbirie ,
Generators 'and their auxiliaries '
On site Electrical operation location and off-site plant
location '
2. Simulator training/Computer applicationm operation and
maintena;nbe ofthe plant
1 Week
----'----_._-_.. -
276 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
. Part V
SPECIALISEDSYLLABUS FORENGINEERS AND SUPERVisORS
ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE COAL BASED
THERMAL POWER PLANTS .
!'PARr III-SEC. 4]
Item PartiCulars Number
No. of Hours
123
I Boiler: 4
Corrosion of boiler and auxiliaries, condenser and feed water
heating .plant, Scale formation in boiler ,in relation to wNer,
conditions.
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
ACid cleaning and preservation of boiler; mechanical removal of
deposits, scaffolding methods, quick-erect scaffolding in furnc,ce,
ultra-sonic thicl)ness High pressure water jet equipment.
Annual boiler and auxiliaries overhaul- hydraulic test, floating of
safety valves, preventive and' breakdown maintenance of boiler
.auxiliaries, cutting of. tubes and welding, 'ultrasonic testing and
stress relieving.
Efficient .operation of boiiers-: ifltetpretation of gas analysis for
proper combustion controls and methods of reducing other losses.
. ,
. . '.
. .
CoristrUctional details of hydraulic and other types of co,uplings,
torque converters, servo motor.
Constructional details of various types of pumps, their drives and
automatic statting, air-conditioning. Constructional details of
various types of draught fans, their drives and automatic starting.'
Types of wear on .fans arid pumps and their effects, detection of
unbalance in fans and pumps, instruments for measuring
vibrations,. vibration analysis and dynamic balancing procedures,
. noise measurements andcontro( . . .
Coal handling plant:
(i) Sequential Operation.
(ii) Conveyor and conveyor drives.
. (iii) Tensioning arrangementS.
(iv) Maintenance of guide rollers I idlers.
(v) ..Sway'switches/slip switches.
- (vi) Beetle charger for wagon marshalling.
(vii) Wagolf tipplers and coal crushers, of coal,.
different types of weighing bridges and meters; coal storage
.problems and prevention of spontaneous . combustion.
Sampling of coallBritish 'Standards Specification/Indian
Standards Specification, procedure and proximateamllysis.
(viii) Belt jointing methods-vulcanising, mechanical clamping, etc.

6
12
8
3
9
12

.j
i

!
. .
Working principle. and construction of water treatment plant
W pH value, ,clarifiers,
phosphate and hydrazine dosing, base exchangers. .
OG sets and compressors .
Annual overhaul and inspection of tutbineandauxiliaryplant,
condenser tube. cleaning, maintenance of pumps, lUbrication
system, of lubricating' oil and' selection of lubricant,
condenser tube materials- wear and tear: and effect of iocal water '
conditions, tYPes Of failure, detection, preventive maintenance and'
re..,tubingof condenser)), Maintenance of LPI HP heaters and de-
aerators.
Indian Boiler Regulations and statUtory Regulations.
['lWT 4}
X
Xl
XII
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(i)
(ii)
Stacker re-claimer.
Vibrating feeders, vibrating screens.
Magnetic separators.
Coal' crushers. .
Maintenance practice - Rigging and slinging, valve
grinding methods, high pressure welding heat insulation
lllethods, pipe work, aligrirnents, bearing, scraping and
radio.grilphy and stress relieving methods.
Anti-friction bearings 'and their installation,' and lubrication.
.Non destructive testing and principles, procedures arid .
application. Welding techniques and equipment.
. Lubrication principles and their characteristic.'
. .. I
6
9
12 -'
2
10
Ll7
,
I
I
I
i
!
j
XlII
XlV
XV
XVI
XVII_
Workshop; types and use of hand tools and tackles, fabrication of
spares, repairs and maintenance of mechanIcal equipments such as '.
vehicles, tractors, dozers" shunters; cranes and hoists, welding -
.modem techniques' and their applications in maiiltenance of
. boilers, turbine and associated plant
Composition, properties and: behavior' of Engineering materials
used in power stations.
.. .: ..
Residual life assessment and, extension methods
Mechanical safety rules and policies
Maintenance planning and. spares inventory, productivity,cost
control.
. Simulator Training
6
6
4,
6
60
I
I
I
!
I
XVIII
175 Hours
Total =6Weeks
4 weeks
On Job Training:
To be associated with field maintenance Engineers in the area of:
(i), Pressure parts maintenance'
(ii) '. Rotary equipment maintenance
(iii) Purripsand.driye maintenance
(iv) , NDT and welding
(v) Turbine and auxiliaries maintenance
278 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
Part VI
[PART IH-SEC. 4]
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS .
ENGAGED ON THE MECIJANICAL SrpE OF. DIESEL ENGINE BASED
POWER PLANTS
Item
No.
I.
II.
Particulars
. Constructional details ofhydraulic and other types of couplings,
torque converters - servo motor.
Constructional details ofvarious types of pumps, their drives and
automatic starting, air conditioning. Constructional details of
various types of ventilation fans, and automatic starting, types of
wear on fans and pumps and their effects, detection of
in fans and pumps. Instruments for measuring vibrations,
vibration analysis. and dynamic balancing procedures, noise
measurements and control.
Number
of Hours
3
2
5
III. Fuel handling plant: Detailed operation and ma,intenance of fuel 2
stock yard, fuel purifiers, heat tracing, transfer punips;settling .'
and service tank, etc.,
(iv) Routine checking ofoil pressure, inlet and
outlet temperature, operating condition monitoring, types'
of failures and detection, scheduled maintenance works .
Scheduled Overhaul and inspection of and of
the Plant: .
(i) Scheduled engine' maintenance works' required at 1500
hours, 3000 hours, (iOOOhours, 12000 hours and 24000
hours; maintenance procedures of lubricating oil pumps,
jacket water pump, etc., recycling 'of lubricating oil 'and .
monitoring of lube oil parameters. .
'-..
IV.
v.
(i)
(ii)
(ii)
(iii)
Water Treatment.:... quality of water, dozing of chemicals
. . C' I
for cooling water and boiler water. Study and effects of .
water quality parameters. .
Compressors.
Types of failures in the engine; break down maintenance,
carrying out hydraulic tests on 'cylinder heads,
valves etc., calibration of injectors and fuel oil pumps
Maintenance of Turbocharger, dismantling, checking the
bearings, Compressor wheel, turbine shaft and blades,
cleaning, measurement of clearances on the compressor
as well as on the turbine side, before and . after.
dismantling. Turbo charger y,rashing methods.
3
15
;,
'.
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
i
- -,- _- ..
.;-
. .._--
Z79
..
VI
VII.
.VIII.
IX
X
XI
such as bowl cleaning, replacement of clutch shoes,
vertical and horizontal bearing, de-sludging operation,
startingand stopping of separators.
practice, valve grinding, lapping,. high pressure
welding, . heat insulation methods, pipe work and alignments..
Motor. and pump coupling alignments, bearing, scraping and
. practice, radiography imd stress relieving methods,
antifriction bearings and their install,ation and lubrication. Non
destructive testing and principles, procedures and application.
Welding equipments. Replacing.ofoil seals and
bearings, reconditioning of inlet valves, exhaust valve, fuel
pumps, etc., maintenance of boiler circulating and condensate
transfer pumps, recovery,. boiler . backwash, . etc.
Workshop, types and use of hand tools and tackles, fabrication of
spares, repairs' and maintenance of mechanical equipment such
as fork lifts, cranes, hoists, welding -' modern techniques and
their applications. .
Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering materials
used in power stations.
Residual life assessment and extension methods.
Mechanical safety rules and policies.
.Maintenance planning and spares inventory, productivity, cost
control.
Total
- --- .---_.__ .
----
9
2
5
6
4
8
61 Hours
== 2 Weeks
280
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
[PART m-8Et. 4]
Part VII
SPECIALIZED SYLLABUS FORENGiNEERS AND SUPERVISORS
, ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDEOF THE COMBINED CYCLE GAS
tURBINF:BASEDPOWER PLANTS
Item No.
1
I
II
III
IV
v
VI
VII
VIII
IX
Particulars
2
Waste heat recovery boiler: ,
of boiler' and feed water heating plant, scale
formation in boiler in to water conditions.
,Acid cleaning and preservation of boiler, mechanical removal'
of deposits, auxiliary cooling water system, bypass stack and
its features. ' '
Constructional details , of hydraulic and other'. types 'of
couplings, torque converters, servo motor.
Constructional details of various types of pumps, ,their drives
and automatic starting, air-conditioning, various types of
draught fans, their drives and automatiC starting. '
Types of wear on fans and pumps and their effects,. detection
of unbalance in Jans and pumps,instrume'nts for measuring
vibrations, vibration' analysis 'and dynamicbalancmg
procedures, noise measurements and control.
(i) Water, treatment- hardness, pH, value, clarifiers,
treatment, phosphate andhydrazine dosing, base
exchangers: ,
'(ii) DGsets and compressors.
Power cyde, piping, fittings, valves and thermal insulation,
Gas turbineoverhauf procedures.
Annual overhaul and inspection of turbine and auxiliary' plant,
condenser tllbe cleaning, maintenance of pumps lubrication
system, recycling oflubricating oil and selection of lubricant,
condenser tube materials- wear and tear and effect of local
'water conditions,types of failure, detection, preventive
maintenance and fe-tubing of condensers.
Maintenance practice - Rigging and slinging, valve grinding
method.s, high pressure welding, heat insulation methods, pipe
work, alignments, bearing, scraping and matching practice;
radiography ,and stress" relieving, methods. Anti-friction'
bearings and their installation and lubrication., Non destructive
testing and principles, procedures and application. Welding
techniques. Aligriment methods. '
Number
of Hours
3
6
3
6
,3
5
6
6
12
10
,,'
----_........-._- .... _-_._-. .. _-------_._---
... !
( ~ I I I - ' - - ~ 4]
X
XI
XII
XIII '
XIV
Indian Boiler Regulations and other statutory Regulations.
.workshop, types and use of hand tools and tackles, fabricatign
of spares, repairs and maintenance, of mechanical equipments
such as vehicles, tractors, dozers, shunters, cranes and hoists,
welding ~ modem techniques an,d their. applications in
maintenance of boilers, turbines and associated plant.
Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering materials
used in power stations, ' '
Residual life assessment and extension methods/Mechanical
safety rules and policies
Maintenance planning and spares inventory, productivity, cost
control. "
2
6
2
3"
6
, 281
Total ,76 Hours"
~ 2 Y2 Weeks
"
,.<;
XV
3747 Glf1Q-36
,.;-
...~ - : ~ :
On Job Training:
To'be associated with field miilnten'ance Engineers in the area
of:' , ,
(i) Pressure parts maintellance
(ii) Rotary equipment maintenance
(iii)' Pumps and drive lllaintenance
(iv) , NDT and welding ,
(v) Turbine and auxiliaries maintenance.
(vi) Steam and Gas, turbine maintenance: Inspection of
combustion chamber, replacement of 'liners, "air" filters,
acid and alkaline cleaning' of water coolers, NDT,
governor bearing inspections, exhaust area inspection,
replacement of guide vanes, cleaning of blade cooling
passage, maintenance of bleed valves, compressor
cleaning.
4 weeks
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
. Part VIII
[PART III-SEC. 4]
gp,ECIALISEDSYLLABUSFOR'ENGlNEERSANDSUPERVISQRS
,ENGAGEDON'TI:iEELECTRICALSIDE ENGINE AND
. '. GASTURBINEBASEDPQW.ERPLANTS
. .
.Item
ISo.
1
. Particulars Number
ofHours
3
I.' Maintenance and. commIssIoning of generators,
.. generator.seals,cGienerator protection- .earth fault iIi" rotor
. s.equence; loss of' excitation,
. differential protection, 'baCk up protection, reverse power
protection,under:.voltage protection, overload protection,
constmctional details. ofthe ,relays;used; method of setting and
their. testing,andover'heatjngofrotors.
12
II .Motor maintenance 4
III Transformer .protection .. - Buchholz relay, over current, .. 3
.differentialandearth:fault-protecnon; types 'of, rehiys used, their
construct1on; testing and settings.
IV Transformer commissioning; ,di"elcctric strength of oil, 3
insulation resistance, . tapcbangets, filtration of oil, pre-
commissioning testing: .' Ta-n-"Delta resistivity of oiL and
preventive maintenance oftransformers;dissolved,gas analysis.
V Cirellit brt7<lkers, commissioning and maintenance, isolatbrs, dis- 4
connectors; ,bus-"bar-arrangementsj:chatging, .synchronising with
the maintenance of switchgear
contactors.
;
VI . Maintenance of equipments in the outdoorswitchyard, current
transformers, potential transformers and lightning arrestors,
operation and maintenance: Bus differential 'protection.. .
VII Thermography monitoring
4
2
.
. .
VIII Lineprotecti,on, faultimalysis, bus.bar.andlocalbreaker 4
protection (LBB).
IX Cables - control cables, layouts ofequipments at voltage
excee.ding 650V, testing and maintenance.
X Principle ofelectronic controls. and transistorised:circuits..
4.
5
-....... - .-
Xl Pneumatic and di-electric transmitters and receivers, servo-
motors.
... _-- --_._------
6
r'l1JTT III" 4] '11m! .Cli1 amIl-WUf
XII Interlocking, sequential control circuits; details of components
.
7
283
XIII
XIV
Calibration and testing of various of instruments -
indicating instruments, measuringinstrumerits, recorders, and

Statutory Electricity Acts andRulesandpennitprocedure
8
4
.T;
XV Starting and controlequipments of various types' of motors,
station battery-care and 'maintenance, trickle _chiuging and
extended charging, .operation and malnteriilIlce ,of rectifiers and
battery chargers,UPS,-emergency;powersupply. '
XVI Economic load dispa,tch, ,power system control an5i operation,
MVAR-control, ," voltage Regulation and frequency, control,
capacitors and reactors; iSlanding schemes, carrier' current
equipments, telephones; telernetering..
10
8
XVII
Station Emergency lightingarrangements; ,
..
XVIII Simulator Training 30
Tota] i i 9 Hours
F4Weeks
xix' 4 weeks
OnJoj}l'rairiing:(Aipplicable onlyfot-Engineers and Supervisors
engaged oti Coaland"GasTurbine'liased'plaJitS):' "
, --
To be associatedwith Jield electtical mainten!lnce in the area of:
(i) RT/LTmotors
(ii)ti-ansformer:maintenance
(iii) AC/DCsupply systems,' station batteries and DG sets
(iv) , Generator/excitation systems' . .
(v) Switchyard / switchgear equipment maintenance
,.".
it'_
''''
",

------_._--------
---" _- ..._..
284 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
Part IX
. [PART III-SEC. 4]
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS
ENGAGED ONTHE INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF COAL, DIESEL
ENGINE AND GAS.TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
,,".
Item'
No.
1
1.
II.
III
IV.
v.
VI.
VII.
Particulars
Working principles, calibration, control .. methods and
maintenance aspects of temperature measurement devices:'
(i) .Resistance thermometers, thermocouples .
(ii) Recorders, indicators
(iii) Transmitters.
Working. principles, calibration, control methods' and
maintenance aspects of pressure measurement devices:
(i) Diaphragm gauges, Bourdon gauges' .
(ii) Recorders, indicators .
(iii) Transmitters.
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of flow mea::;utement devices:
(i)' Positive,' semi-positive, rate and differential pressure
.flow meters .
(ii) Recorders and indicators
(iii) Transmitters.
Working' principles, calibration, control methods and
mairitenance aspe'cts of level measurement devices:
(i)' Dip-sticks,' sight glass, pressure bellows /
diaphragm, float, buoyancy, gas purge, differential .
pressure and type level meaiurement
system
(ii)' Recorders and indicators'
(iii) Transmitters:
Telemetering and signal conditioning ,-- pneumatic systems,
electrical systems, electronic systems and maintenance
aspects.
Basic electronics - Component familiarisation and various
types. of Circuits, microprocessors . .
Turbovisory. instruments - their basic principles, application
and calibration: .'
(i)' Eccentricity and vibration, its interpretation and
measurements, different pick-ups, their location, etc.
(ii) Use of vibration instruments and analysis, differential
expansion, measurement and interPretation, different
pick-ups, their location, etc., overall thermal expansion
Number'
of Hours
4
4
4
4
3
2
6

measurements, .axial shift position measurements,
valve position and servo motor position indicators,
differential metal temperature measurements, turbine
stress evaluators
VIII.. Actuators:
Operating principles of pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical
actUators and their control mechanisms, maintenance,
inspection and testing aspects.
IX Analytical instruments:
Theory and working principles- steam/ wateranalysers, like
conductivity, pH, Na, NH
3
, Hydrazine etc.,. theory and
working. pqnciples of combustion monitoring instruments
such as C02, 02, etc., interpretation of the above parameters
to the operating r ~ g i m e s ofthe plant.
X HP/LP bypass and PRDS system:
Piping schematic with details of vanous valves and
transmitters, Equipment details - mechanical. and electrical,
Control philosophy, Pre-commissioning checks and
commissioning procedures.
XI. Instrument air system:
Air Supplier, piping and piping layout, air purification and
conditioning, basic theory ;md working principles of
. pneumatic transmitters and secondary instruments, theory
and working principles of EIP converters and valve
positioners
XII. . Contiol and Instrumentationscheme tracing:
Instrumentation and control scheme of fuel, air, flue gas,
feed water and steam systems including theirmeasuremertts
XIII. (i). Furnace Safeguard Supervisory System (FSSS), plailt
equipment protection and interlock system. (not
applicable for DG Plantimd Gas Turbine based Plant)
(ii) Automatic turbine runcup system (ATRS),analog and
digital controllers. (not applicable for DG Plant)
XIV. Data acquisition system/digital distributed control (DDC),
.. UPS, control room layout
Total
XV On Job Training:
(Applicable only for Engineers/Supervisors engaged on Coal
and GasTurbine based plants)
(i) Control system - basic principles, constructional
features, calibration, preventive maintenance and
,,,".
2
4
6
2
9
9
6
6S Hours
=2 Weeks
3 weeks
285 ,
i
I
I
,
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
j
!
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
286
(ii)
THE GAZEttE OF INDIA :
trouble shooting of analog control systems,level,
flow, . pressure and' temperature .' control systems,
component / cards .used 'mcontrol systems, static and
dynamic timing, control .valves and dampers
Dataacquisition system or distributed digital control
system . - basic principles; .constructional features,
calibration, preventive trouble
shooting of digital and' analog inputs to DASandtheir
conditioning,J/Oand interface,' functioning of alarms,
monitoring formats and logs, sequence ofevents
PartX'
[PART m-SEC. 4]
lweek
SYLLABUS FORTECHNlCIANS ENGAGED INTHEOPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF THE COAL BASED THERMAL POWERPLANTS
Common course for Electrical, Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item Particulars' .
No.
1 2
I. Power plant
11 Fundamental units and their conversion (mechanical, electrical,
thermo-dynamic) .
III Engineering drawing and practice.
IV. Fuels and combustion! types of fuels - their properties and
testing, requirement ofefficient combustion
V. Boiler and boiler house plant and auxiliaries:
(i)
.(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii) .
(viii)
Numbers
of Hours
3
;.
6
2
6
4
16
VI.
VII.
VIII.
Water conditioning, pre-treatment and demineralisation, water
chemistry. .
Ash handling- electrostatic precipitation and mechanical dust
collector.. functions and descriptlonoft\yptypes. .
.. ;;:.;:
Turbine and turbine house auxiliaries; .;. '.c: .
(i) Fundamental principle of stc;)amturbine" ,
(ii) Theory and operation of steam turbine
(iii) Govemingand protection of turbine
(iv) Operation appreciation (start-up, running and shutdown)
4
2
12
_,. .. _
IX
X
XI.
Handling oftutbines and boilers under emergency conditions.
Condenser and vacuum extraction plant :
,(i) Purpose and function
(ii) Construction of surface condenser and, vacuum pumps
Regenerative feed water. heating, constructionaLdetails ,of low
pressure and high,pressure, feed water heaters, de-aerators and
,evaporators.
4
'3
2
287
XII. Cooling water systems andcooling towers.
, XIIi. Flow diagrams of basic cycles and scheme tracing :
(i) Coal handling.
(ii) Steam and condensate,
(iii) Ash and slag handling
(iv) Station '. services - domestic water, atr conditioning,
ventilation, lifts .
(v) , Air services, air compressors; switchgear
(vi) Bearing cooling, and general service water system
(vii) Circulating water system
(viii)Feed water and reheatitigplant '
'. (ix) Fuel oilsyswm
(X1J'; batteries and battery charging equipment
'(xi) Station lighting, power supply and distribution boards.
16
XIV. Mechanical appreciation -correct use of machines, tools and 6
tackles, gauges, fitsandclearances,tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding, bearings, gears and thread, fasteners
XV. Bearings tYPes, installation and removal procedures and' 2
maintenance of and tolerances, oil seals types, their
applications and clearances.
XVI. Lubrication and cooling principles. 2
'.
XVII. Station instrumentation and controls., 8
..
XVIII: Fire-fighting installations in thermal power station. 3
XIX
xx.
Electric shocks; first aid, acidbum, alkali wounds, chlorine gas
poisoning and their treatment.
Duties and, responsibilities of operators and plant attendants;,
carrying out instructions; reporting to supervisors, recording
and reading unusual' occurrences, expected-behavior, discipline,
sincerity, and love for machines.
3
2
XXI Personnel, safety equipment, cleanliness, caution and care in
power station working.
XXII. How electricity is generated, transmitted and distributed i.e. 2
generator to Consumer service board.
288 TIIE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
XXIII Principle and working of alternating current and direct current
generators and their parallel operation.
XXIV Principle and working of transformers and their parallel
operation
XXV. Principle and.working of alternating current anddirect current
motors, their spe.ed characteristics, contr?ls.
XXVI. Storage battery- principle, construction and charging.
XXVII Alternator cooling - different systems of cooling, advantages of.
hydrogen cooling over others, hydrogen plant. .
[PART m-SEC, 4]
2
2
1
2
Total 115 Hours
..
Part XI
SYLLABUS. FOR: TECHNICIANS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF TIlE DIESEL ENGINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical, Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item Particulars
No;
1 2
I Power plant familiarization.

of Hours
3
8
II. Fundamental units' and their c.onversion and measurement 4
(mechanical, electrical, thermodynamic)
III. Engineering drawing and practice 6
IV Fuels and combustion, types of fuels - their properties and 8
testing, requirements of efficient combustion.
V.
VI
Diesel Engine and Auxiliaries :
(i) General description
.(ii) Arrangement of engine
(iii) Engine auxiliaries .
(iv) Assembly of different parts of engine and its accessories
(v) Engine instrumentation .
(vi) Operation appreciation (start up, running and.shut down).
Water conditioning, pre treatment and demineralization.
24
6
.VII Effluent treatment, plant functions and description, importance 4
of treatment plant.
VIII Turbochargers:6
(i) Fundamental principles ofturbochargep
(ii) Theory and operation of turbocharger .
(iii) Monitoring of turbocharger
--------
--------0.- ...4.-.---__ ..___._. __..__. ._.__f ._._. ..:....___
[qj7f 4J . 289
X
XI
Handling of Engine under Emergency conditions.
Fuel oil and lube oil separators:
(i) Purpose and function
(ii) Operation and maintenance of separators'
Cooling water system and radiators. .
6
6
2
...
'0 .
XII Flow Diagrams of basic cycles and scheme tracing. ,24
(i) Fuel handling.
(ii) Fuel oilsystem (HFO and Diesel ,oil)
(iii) Jacket water cooling system'
(iv) Lube oil system
(v) Air intake system .
(vi) Engine cooling water system
(vii) C,_..
. (viii) Station services, domestic water, air conditioning,
v.entilation, lifts,etc.
Ox) Air services; air compressor
(x) . Stearn system and heat tracing offuel pipes
(xi) Station batteries and battery charging equipments
(xii) Station lighting, power supply and distribution boards,
switch gear.
XIII
Mechanical application - correct use 'of tools and
tackles, .gauges, fits and clearances, 'tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding bearings, gears and thread, fasteners.
..
XIV
Station instrumentation and controls.
xv
Fire fighting installation inD.G; power station.
XVI
Electric shocks, first aid, acid bums, alkali wounds/chlorine gas
poisoning and their treatment.
XVII
Duties and responsibilities of operators and plant attendants in
carrying out instructions; reporting to supervisors, recording,.
reading unusual occurrences, expected behaviour, discipline,
sincerity, cleanliness and IovefQr machines;
XVIII
Safety equipmentand personal cleanliness, cautions arrdcares'.ih
power station woiking.
8
2
3
3
;
0,;;'
XIX
xx
XXI
XXII
How electricity is generated, transmitted and distributed i.e.'
-genenitor to Consumer SerVice board.
. -
Principle and working of alternating .current ,and direct current
generators and their parallel
Principle and working of transformers and their parallel
operation
Principle and working of alternating current and direct current
motors, t}leir speed characteristics and control.
2
2
2
2
3747 Gfl1D-37
... _-_.. ". --" -.-- - ." " ...".- ._---_ ..." ....__....._.---- ..- .. _---_.--_.-- -_.. ----,-----_..- .._.- - -- __._. ..- ._.. _._ .
290 THE OF INDIA :'EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-SEC.4]
XXIII 3
Storage battery- principle, construction, boost charging, float,
charging and importance.of DCin DG power
'. 140 Hours
Total' =:.5 Weeks
Part XII
. SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGED IN THE OPERAnON AND
MAINTENANCE OF THE COMBINED CYCLE GAS TURBINE BASED .
POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical, Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item
No.
1
II.
III.
IV.
V.
Particulars
2
Gas Power plant familiarjzation
Fundamental units. and their conversion (Mechanical,
electrical, thermo-dynamicy. .' . .
EngIneering drawing and practice.
Fuels and combustion types of fuels - their properties and
testing, requirement of efficient combustion .
Gasturbine and WHRB
(i) General description.
(ii) Arrangement of Gas turbines
(iii) WHRB (Waste Heat Recovery Boiler)
(iv) . Instrumentation and Control system .'
(v)- Fabrication and. assembly of different parts of gas
turbine and its accessories.
(vi) High pressute welding.
(vii) Fuel storage and transport arrangement.
(viii) Operation appreciation{start-up, running and
shutdown)
Number
of Hours .
3
8
2
..
6
4
20
VI. .' Water conditioning, pre-treatment and demineralisation.
VII. Stearrrturbine and tUrbine house auxiliaries.
(i) Fundamental principle of steam turbine,
(ij) Theory and operation of steam turbine
(iii) Arrangement of steam turbine.
(iv) Governing and protection of turbine.
(v) Operation appreciation (start-up, running and
shutdown) ".
4
12
..
VIII. Handling of gas turbine, steam turbine and WHRB 4
IX. Condenser and vacuum"extractio
ll
plant: 3
(i) Purpose and function.. ' . . .
. (ii) Constructi9n of surface condenser and vacuum pumps
".
X. Cooling water systems and cooling towers.
XI. Flow diagrams of basic cycles and scheme tracing :-
(i) Steam and condensate
(ii) Station services, domestic water, air conditioning,
ventilation, lifts
(iii)' Air services, air compressors, switchgear.
(iv) Bearing cooling and general service water system.
(v) Circulating water system. .
(vi) Feed water system
(vii) Fueloilsystem .
(viii) Station batteries and battery charging eqliipment'
(ix) Station lighting; power supply and distribution
boards
XII.' Mechanical appreciation - correct use of machine!), tools
and tackles, gauges, fits and tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding, bearings,gears and thread, fasteners
1
18
6
291
XIV, . Fire-fighting installations in thermai power station.
..
XIII. Station instrumentation and controls. 8
2
XV. Electric shocks, first aid, acid bum, alkali wounds, chlorine 3
gas poisoning and their treatment.
XVI. Duties and responsibilities of operators and plant attendants, 3
. carrying out instrUctions, reporting to siIpervisors, recording
reading unusual occurrences,expected behavior, discipline,
sincerity, cle'anliness and love for machines.
XVII. Safety of personnel'and equipment, cleanliness, caution and 3
care in power station working.
1\
XVIII. Hovy' electricity is generated, transmitted and distributed i.e. 2.
generator to Consumer service board. .
XIX. . Flindamentalunlts, .cbnverslonand measurement of 1-
electrical
XX. Principle and working of alternating current and direct 2
current generatc)fS and their parallel operation.
XXI. and working of transformers and their parallel
- operation
2
XXII.
XXIII.
XXIV.
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current motors, their speed characteristics, controls.
Storage battery- principle, construction and charging.
Alternator cooling, different systems of cooling, advantages
of hydrogen cooling o'ver others, hydrogen plant. .
2
1
2
Total 119 Hours
=4 Week,s
;
2m.
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
Part XIII
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON
MECHANICAL SIDE O'F THE COAL AND GAS TURBINE. BASED POWER
PLANTS
Item
No.
1
I.
II.
Particulars ..
2
Types of bearings, oil seals and their uses.
Types of valves,safetyvalve, suction valve, delivery valve, n o n ~
return valve, bypass valve, drain valve, air release valve, control
valve, floot operated valve, solenoid operated and pneumatically
operated valvy and their applications.
Number
of Hours
3
4
15
III. Efficiency loss in boiler / turbine cycle
IV. Interpretation ofinstiument reading and accurate logging
V. Marking and measuring, workshop practice, welding and gas
cutting, pipe fitting methods
VI. Pump maintenance
VII. Shaft alignment methods
VIII. Drives maintenance, keys.
IX. Insulation types and applications'
X. Mechanical safety .
XI. Vulcanizing
XII. Couplings .- different types..: rigid, flexible, magnetic and fluid
couplings.
XIII. Clutches -different types and. uses.
XIV.. Maintenance of pneumatic measuring instruments,servomotors,
. power cylinders and other thermostats, Monistats.
XV. Maintenance ofinstruments, recorders, clocks;
XVI. Vibrations - general knowledge of their causes,' effects,
remedies, measurement and balancing.
4
2.
5
.;::
5
4
4
2
4
2
3
2
4
4
8
XVII. Oti Job Training in above areas with hands on practiCals
Total 72 Hours
=2 Y2 Weeks
16 Weeks
[ 'l1flT m - ~ 4] 293
Part XIV
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGEO ON
MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE DIESEL ENGINE BASED POWER PLANTS
, , ,
Item Particulars Number
No. of Hours
1 '2 3
"
III Efficiericy computation in Diesel Engine. 4
IV ' Interpreting instrument reading and accurate logging. 2
f..-
V Marking and 'lneasuring, workshop practice, welding and gas 4
cutting, pipe fitting methods.
"VI Pumps maintenance. 4
VII Shaft alignment methods. 4
VllI Drives maintenanCe keys 4
IX Insulation types and applications. 2
X Mechanical safety 4
XI Vulcanizing 2
XII Coupling- different types; rigid, flexible, magnetic and fluid 2
couplings.
XIII Clutches- different types imduses 2
XIV' Maintenance ofpneumatic measuring instruments; servomotors, 4
power cylinders and other thermostats, monostats.
XV Maintenance of instruments, recorders, clocks "4
"XVI YibratiQn - general "knOWledge of, their' causes,effects, remedies,
measurement andbalancing. '
8
,XVII On job Training in above areas with hands on practicals
"-.: ..
Total 58. Hours
=2 Weeks
8 Weeks
294 THE GAZEITE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
Part XV
[PART 4J
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON
ELECTRICAL SIDE OF THE. COAL, DIESEL ENGINE AND GAS TURBINE
BASED POWER PLANTS
Item
No.
1
1.
II.
Particulars
2
Alann systems - visual and audible.
Isolators, circuit breakers and cont"actors.
Number
of Hours
3
2
3
.<
.
III. Earthing and neutral necessity of; methods for, safety 4
rules while handling electrical equipments. Reading electrical
circuit diagrams
.IV Motor winding and repairs. . 4
V of internal telephones and public address systems. . 3
VI Meggering and testing of wiring and cable faults. 3
VII Maintenance of electrical motors. 3
VIII Maintenance of electrical switchgears. 8
IX Fuses- re-wireable type, cartridges type, high rupturing capacity 8
fuse, constructional features of fuse and fuse sockets, knife type
high rupturing capacity fuses, use of pullers for insertion and
removal, colour code for fuse ratings. .
X Motor starters and their applications"':' direct-on-line, star -delta, 5
rotor resistance, contactors and relays
XI Meggers, avometers, voltmeters, ammeters, watt meters, energy 6 .
meters- general infonnation about their use.
XII Maintenance of batteries and rectifiers
XIII. Maintenance oftransformers and tap
XIV. Laying.andjointing of cables of voltage up to 250 V and exceeding
250 V but not exceeding 650 V..
XV. Panel wiring ni'ethods, connections, earthing principles of operation
of small distribution n:ansfonners.
XVI Current and potential transfonners, purpose, connection and use.
XVII Various types of drives.
/
3
6
4
2
2
2
..-....__._.... --_._---- ....._-_._-----_..
['iWT 4] 295 .
XVIII
XIX
xx
Elementary knowledge of Engineering materials and their 2
properties.
Lubrication and cooling system 4 '
Toml 74 Hours
:= 2 Y2 Weeks
On Job Training in above areas with hands on practicals:
(i) Technicians engaged oncoal and gas based Power Plants. 16 Weeks
(ii) Technicians engaged on Diesel engine based Power Plants. 8 Weeks
Part XVI
SPECIALlSED SYLLABUS TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON
INSTRUMENTATION SInE OF THE COAL, DIESEL ENGINE AND GAS
TuRBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Item
No.
1
Particulars
2
Number
., ofBours'
3
I Pressure gauges - Bourdoi type gauge, manometer, vacuum 5
gauge, baromeu.;T, principles' of operation, absolute pressure, gauge
and vacuum prcs8ure calibration.
II Temperature indicators, mercury thermometers, resistance 4
thermometers, thermocouples, 'pyrometers, gas. thermometers
.temperature alarm; calibration. '.
. III Level gauges - different types - level alalllJ..' calibration. . 3
IV Flow meters - steam and water, general flrinciples, calibration.. 3
Instrument workshop practice - multi meters, megger .
.....
V
VI
Electronic circuit diagram study, drilling, sold.:ring, use of
resistance bridge and workshop potentiometer.
Electronics.,.- components, QScilloscope, power suppiy,signal
generator applications, lOgics and timers. '.
6
8
"
VII Telemetering and signal conditioning; transducers; thresholds, .
transmitters and theirea-liMation.
VIII control systems
12
2
IX
X
Actuator maintenance.
Analytical
4.
3
.;;"
.",. :
XI -. Furnace safeguard. supervisory instruments, turbovisory 6
instruments. (Not applicable in case of Diesel engine based power
plants and gas turbine based-power plants.)
__... ... -
296 TIffi GAZEITE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY'
[PART III-SEC. 4]
XII Instrument fault finding
2
XIIl Familiarisation of data acquisition system I distributed digital
control. .
3
XIV Power supplies and alarmsystem 6
XV' Safety precautions
Total 68 Hours
. =:.2 Y2 Weeks
XVI On JobTraining in above with hands on practicals
(i) Technicians engaged on coal and 16 Weeks
SYLLABUS FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN THE
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER
PLANTS
Common course for Electrical, Mechanical and:Instrumentation
,
" .
I
I
I 5
3
Number
of Hours
8 Weeks
Part XVII
Technicians engaged on Diesel engine based Power Plants.
. .
2
general Iptroduction:
(i) World Power Scenario
(ii) Growth of Power Industry inlndia'
(iii) Generation Scenario in India
(iv) Transmission and Distributiori .Scenario in India
(v) Role of Private Power Participants in India '.
(vi) Organisation I Power Sector set up
(vii) Introduction to IndianStandard specifications for
Electrical wiring
1
, (ii)
Item Particulars
No.
II Concept of modemhydro station:
Types ofstations, their-role in
peaking load, run-off-the river, sf0ragetj'pe pumped storage .
power plants, concept of unit, typicahsprfa.ce and underground'
hydro power stations.--
III ChJ)ice of location of large hydro station: water availability land
avaHability, selection of installed capacity, selection of type of _
-turbine, choice <;Jf size of generating llnits.
IV Hydraulic system, reservoir, storage capacity, operation at;
reservoirs, dams and barrages, - intake, surge tank, power
tunnels/channel, fore bay and penstocks, pressure shafk tailrace
and tail race tunnel/channel, protect10n against watei!t .hammer
and negative pressure in' penstocks add suction head. Dewatering
of water conductor systems. . .
V Plant layout in hydro stations above 25MW capacity including
machine arrangement, equipment, switchyard and auxiliary
arrangements.

['l1J1T 4] 297
r..,
...
. VI Constructional details and working principles of valves -
butterfly, spherical, needle etc:
(i) '. Requirements and principle of operation
(Ii) Type and selection criteria of valves and their operation'
and control. .
VII Constructional details and working principles" of hydro ..
mechanical equipments.
(i) Requirements andprinciple of operation.
(ii) Type and selection criteria of hydro mechanical
equipments and theiroperation and control.
VIII Constructional details and working principles of turbines. and
auxiliaries. . . .
(i) Principle of operation, types and characteristics. of turbines ..
(ii) Choice, rating and specifications of turbines .'
(iii)' Components of turbines and design .
(iv) Type of governors - hydraulic and electronic:
(v) . Guide bearing and 'shaft seal arrangements
12
3
3
r.

."
IX
x
Working principles, characteristics and operation of auxiliary
systems.
(1) Unit Auxiliaries
(i) Oil pressure units
."(ii) HP lubrication system
(iii) Braking and jacking system '.
(iv) Central grease lubrication system .
(v) Carbon dust coiltiction system for slip rings, exciters
and brake pads. '
(vi) Cooling water system.
(2) Common Auxiliaries
(i) EOT cranes and hois,ts
(ii) Ventilation system
(iii) Air conditioning system
(iv) Compressed air system
(v) Drinking water system
(vi) Sewerage system
(vii) Elevator/lifts
(viii) Dewatering and drainage system
. ,(ix) Communicationsystems .
Constructional details and working principles of alternators and
. excitation systems. .
(i) Alternators, characteristics and rating, tYPes of winding,
bearing cooling arrangements
(II) Main and pilot exciters, voltage regtilators, typeS'-and characteristics,
amplifier and magnetic amplifier, static excitation syste.m, Automatic
(AVR) ,
(iii) Metbo<f&of groundin..g. '.'
(iv).
,',Y' JH' DrIb I,' " .
9
12
XI "' DC power supply for auxiliaries, arrangement of unit 5
auxiliary and station service boards, station lighting and automatic
changeover. Station batteries and charging methods. Standby
and emergency and lightingsystems.
3747 GIJ1D-38
298 THE GAZETTE QF INDIA ; EXTRAORDINARY
.XII Transformers: Main transformers, station/unit transformers,
grounding transformers; tYPe of connections, tap changer gear,
cooling arrangements, size selection of main transformers, parallel
operation and Regulation.
XIII Out door switchyard, bus bar .arrangements, single.line.diagram,
Circuit breakers, isolators, current transformers, potential
transformers, lightning arrestors, wave traps, coupling capacitor,
LMU and' three' element protection .
arrangements..
[PART III-SEc. 4]
5.
3
.... ;
XIV
xv
XVI
. XVII
XVIII'
Indoor and out door switch gear: Types: MCB,' bu:lkbil;
minimum oil; air blast, vacuum, .SF
6
breakers, cconstructionii:l-
functional details and characteristics.
SF
6
gas filled EHV switchgear
(i) Working principle and basis of instrumentation.and
measurements: Detail of measuring instruments' for
pressure, flow, temperature, level, vibration,alignment
and current, voltage, power, reactive power, frequency,
energy, winding controllers,' recorder,.
Megger- its for primary detection of faults,data
acquisition system, digital distributed control, UPS; unit
co-ordinate master control. . .
(ii) . Testing of electrical and mecllanical testing equipments
Control and protection - sequential operation and interlocks
(i) Unit protection and interlocks
(ii) Turbine and auxiliaries and vibration monitoring
(iii) Turbine governing, speed setting, speed droop setting and
control circuits
(iv) Generator protection, under voltage, over voltage,
differential; reverse power, under excitation, .negative
phase sequence, earth fault, etc.
(v) Different types of protection relays
(vi) Importance of sequential interlocks
(vii) Transformer protection- differential, over load, over
'. fluxing, restricted earth fault, high temperature, buchholz
protection
(viii) Types ofmotots and variable speeddrive;and,cmltrol
(ix) Various types of pumps and their starting;control '
(x) Annunciation systems
(xi) . On line monitoring devices
Operation control and supervision
(i) '.' General machine start andstop'pTOcedureandsequence
(ii) Handling. of .turbine and generator andailxiliariesunder
failure condition. such as, mechanical"and :electrical
auxiliary and governor failure, grid .. failure and other
failure conditions.
(iii) Alternator- synchronizing;. loading, parallel operation,
active and reactive power sharing and frequency control.i
.\
I
12
4
14
15
12
11
d
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
i
f
"
t, .:.
['lWT I I l ~ ~ 4]
XIX (i)
(ii)
(iii)
Fire safety procedure
Fire protection of generator
Fire fighting and emulsifier typeprotection
5
XX General -- safety precautions, treatment of electrital or acid/alkali
-- burns, permit to work, first aid, protective gear/ clothing, safety
in movement and storage of materials, safety aspects of
switchyard.
4
XXI Factory Act, Electricity Act, 2003, Central Electricity Authority 10
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations;
2010, and other statutory RegulatIons concerning powerstations
. (broad outline). - -
-t
XXII Erection, testing and commissIoning of turbine, generator,
control and instrumentation, switchyard and auxiliary systems,
maintenance procedures, PERTICPM method, power station
records>.29aintenance planning;
XXIII Plant performance, generation 'cost, machine availability and
other commercial aspects.
12
6
XXIV Persomiel management, duties and responsibilities, labour laws 4
and labour welfare.
XXV Broad principles of material management, procurement 6
procedure and inventory control.
Total- 173 Hours
. =6 Weeks
(i)
(ii)
f--
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
~ -
XXVI On job ,training:
-(1) Control room desk operation:
Pre-start checks -
Protection interlocks
Startup procedure and routine checks
Stopping and _- emergency operation of turbine,
generator and their auxiliaries
Operation of generating unit iii abnormal-
circumstances -
Simulator training/computet application for plants -
2. "Fire fighting and fire safety procedures during emergency.
7 Weeks
(6Weeksj
(1 week)
,,'
300 THE GAZETTE OF fNDIA: EXTRAORDfNARY
Part XVIII
[PART 4]
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDE
OF HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
(i)
(ix)
Item ' Particulars
No.
1 2
I . Predictive, preentive and emergent maintenance, types of
, failure and detection:
Periodical maintenance and inspection of turbine and
auxiliaries '
(ii) Maintenance valves and pipe work
, ,(iii) Lubrication principles and ,their characteristics
'(iv) Purification oflubricating oil and selection
,(v) Mechanical alignment
(vi) Static and dynamic balancing of machines
(vii) 'Maintenance planning
(viii) Modem techniques and 'their applications III
maintenance of turbine and associated auXiliaries.
Cavitation and erosion of under water components due
to higher abnisive silt laden water.
Number
of Hours
3
12
III Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance of:
(i) Ventilation and air conditioning system
(ii) Central grease lubricating unit
,,(iii) Air compressors
(iv) Lifts
, (v) DG sets
(vi) Fire fighting equipments
II
'IV
v
I, Pre-commissioning, and 'commissioning tests of hydro
mechanical gates and inlet valves -dry and wet
2. Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance of:
(i) Inlet valves
(ii) Hydro 'mechanical gates
(iii) EOT cranes
Maintenance practices - rigging and slinging, bearing, scraping
and matching, radiography and stress relieving methods, anti-
friction bearings and, their installation and lubrication,' non
destructive testing and principles, procedure and application.
, Welding-techniques and equipment.
WorkShop: Types and use of hydraulic, pneumatic and hand
tools and tackles. Fabrication of spares. Repairs and
maintenance of mechanical equipments such as vehicles,
dozers, cranes.
12
10
10
8
I
I
!
I
I
I
';, VI Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering materials 8
used in power stations
.;.
VII Residual life assessment and life extension methods'
VIII Mechanical safety rules and practice
6
4
301
IX
x
Spares inventory, producJivlty, cost control. 4
Total 74 Hours
== 2 Yz Weeks
On Job Training: 3 weeks
To be associated with field mainte:!)ance of:
(i) Turbine and auxiliaries like governor, shaft seal, inlet
valve, etc.
(ii) Common auxiliaries such as cooling water system,
compressed air, ventilation and air conditioning, fire
. fighting, EOT cranes etc.
(iii) 'Welding and non destructive testing
(iv) Work shop procedures
Part XIX
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE ELECTRICAL SIDE
OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
Item
No.
1
1.
II.
III.
IV
V
Particulars
2
Predictive, preventive emergent maintenance and inspect{O'n
of generators, excitation system, generator bearing. Principles
of electronic controls and transistorized circuits. Generator
protection- earth fault in rotorand st\ltor,negative phase
sequence, loss of excitation, differential protection, back up
protection, revers.e power protection, under/over voltage
protection, over load protection, dry out of generators.
Constructional details of the different types of relays and other
sensing equipments, method of setting and their testing. Wiring
details of control panels. Insuliiting materials and their use,
Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance of motors.
Transformer: preventive maintenance of transformers; dielectric
strength -of oil, insulation. tap changers, filtration of
oiL Tan-Delta .resistivity of oil, .dissolved gas analysis and other
testing of oil . '.
Transformer: Protection- Buchholz relay protection, over current
protection, differential 'protection and earth fault protection, .
types of relays used, their construction, testing and setting.
Commissioning tests.
Circuit breakers' maintenance, isolators, disconnectors, bus bar
arrangements, charging, synchronizing with the grid,
disconnecting for repairs, maintenance of switchgear contactors.
Number
of Hours
3
15
4
- 8
8
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
,..
302 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAOR[)INARY
VI Maintenance of equipments in the outdoor and indoor
switchyard. Operation and maintenance of current transformers,
potential transformers and lighting arrestors: Bus differential
protection, etc; LV, HV andEHV cables and their jointing and
.
VII Maintenance ofSF
o
gas filled insulated switch gear.
VIII Station auxiliary supply, station battery-care and maintenance,
trickle charging . and extended charging, operation and
maintenance of rectifiers and battery chargers, UPS, emergency
power supply, station grounding arrangements. .
IX Line protection and fault analysis.
XPLCCequipments. telemetering, and other latest communication
systems like fiber optics, microwave. etc.
XI Computerized on-line monitoring of power plant(DRs, Event
Logger and SCADA)
XII Interlocking sequehtialcontrol circuits, details of components
used.
XIII Calibration and testing of various types of instrmnents,
indicating! measuring instruments, recorders and. analyzers.
including transducers and RTUs (Remote Transmitting Units)
XIV Statutory Electricity Acts and Rules, permit procedure and site
safety rules.
XV Economic load dispatch, power system control and operation ,
MVAR-control, voltage . and frequency control,
islanding schemes, function of RLDC/SLDC
XVI Station emergency lighting arrangements.
XVII R&M and residual life assessments and life extension of
equipments
8
6
10
4
8
4
7
10
4
10
.2
4
TotaJ 120 Hours
=4 Weeks
XVIII On Job Tra.ining: 4 weeks
To be associated with field electrical maintenance of:
(i) .
(ii)
(iii}
(iv)
(v)
.-;r-.
Generator and auxiliaries
Common auxiliary
Transformer
LT/HT switch gear in power plant and indoor and out door
switcl1 yard . -
Control room operation.
303
.'
Part XX
, SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FOROPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
. ,ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS' ENGAGED ONTHE .
'INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF,THEHYDRO ELECrRIC POWER PLANTS
......
,Item' ,
"No.
L '
n.
.Particulars
2
Working principles, calibration, control methods and maintenance
aspects oftemperature measurement devices. .'
,(i) Resistance thermometers; thermocouples
(ii) Recorders, indicators . .
(iii) Transmitters
(Iv) Transducers.and RTUs.
Working principles; calibration, control methods and maintenance'
aspects of pressure measurement devices
(i) Diaphragm gauge, Bourdon gauge
(ii) Recorders, indicatlilrs
(iii) Transmitters'
Number
. of Hours
3
5
4
m. Working principles, calibration, control-methods and maintenance 4-
aspects offlow devices: '. .
(i) POSitive, semi-positive, tate and differential pressure flow
meters. . . .
(ii) .' andlndieators
(iii) Transmitters.
'IV,' "Working principles, calibration, conttoltnethods and maintenance 4
. aspectsofleyel measurementdevices:
(i) Pressure gauge bellows/diaphrag:trt; float, buoyancy, gas
purge, differential.pressure and capacitance -type level
measurement systems
(ii)Recorders and indicators
(iii) Transmitters
Telemetering and signal conditioning pneultl.:'-tic systems, electrical 4
systems, electronic systems,and maintenance
Basic electronics -Component familiarization and various types of 8
circuits, microprocessors
Turbovisory instruments- their basic principles, application an.d. . . 12
calibration: alignment and vibration, its interpretation and
measurements, different types of location,etc., use
of vibrationinsttuments .andanalysis, .different pickups, their
location,' etc"axial shift position measurements, valve position and
servo motor position indicators, differential metal temperature
.. measurements.
VIII
IX
THE GAzE1TE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-8EC. 4J
Actuators: 6
Operating principles of pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical actuators
and their control mechanisms; maintenance, inspection and' testing
aspects.
XI. On Job training: .
(I) Control system - basic principles, construction features, 2 weeks '
calibration, preventive maintenance and tfoubie shooting. Analog
control systems, level, flow, pressure and temperature control,'
'systems, component/cards used in control systems; static and
dynamic timing, control valves and dampers.
,-
(2) Data Acquisition System (DAS) or. disJ;ributed digital control 2 weeks
system basic principles, cons1:nJction features, calibration,
preventive maintenance and troubleshooting of digital and analog
inputs to DAS and lconditioning, I10irtd interface, functioning
of alarms, monitoring formats and of events.
Part XXI
SYLLABUS FOR ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND
. MAINTENANCE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRICPOWERPLANTS
Common course for Electrical, Mechahlcal and Instrumentation
, Item
No.
1
I
II
III
Particulars
2
Fundarriental ! conversion of and' measuring electrical
quantities. ;'. i
U
' ;1:,
How electricity is generated, transmitted and distributeq I.e.
to Consumer service board.
Principle and working of alternating current and, direct cunent
generators, motors, their speed characteristics, controls.
j!J;.,
Number
of Hours
3
2 .
2
2
and ;working , of transrollIIersi. and their parallel
operation ", :<I:"i.<:!Gdq fli;:'.JJ ,.ojfJ ,1'!viiJ:ib0.
tnilw):i....' ,dwJ;;oil:H1i rwiti20q :(;J(;;ll ov'wa
IV
V Power plant familiarization .1 f3$rn 6
VI Turbine and auxiliaries:
(i) Fundamental principle of turbines and inletvalves
(ii) Theory and operation of turbines and inlet valves
8
[tfIlT 4] 305
,C,"
-
..
!-.
..
VII
VIII
IX.
X.
XI.
XII
XIII
XIV
(iii) GQvtmung and protection of turbine
(iv) Operating procedures (start-up, running and shutdown)
(v) Various types offaults in generators, turbines and
auxiliaries -analysis thereof.
Generatorand auxiliaries:
(i) Fundamental principle and working of generators
(ii) Excitationsystem . .
(iii) Automatic voltage regulator
(iv) HV, EHV, LT and control cables
(v) Generator transformer connection
(vi) Protection of generators
(vii) Operating procedures (start up, running and shut down)
Engineering drawing and pt:actice
Handling of turbines under emergency conditions.
Power station mechanical auxiliary system- general aspects and
. basic flow diagrams; etc.
(i) EOT cranes
(ii) Hydro mechanical gates
(iii) OPU
(iv) Central grease lubricating unit
(v). HP lubncation system
(vi). Carbon dust collection system
(vii) Cooling water systems, bearing cooling, generator cooling
and transformer cooling .
(viii) Braking and jacking system
(ix) Drainage and dewatering system
(x) . Drinking water, air conditioning and ventilation system
(xi) Air services, air compressors .
(xii) Lifts
Mechanical appreCiation - correct use of machines, tools and'
. tackles, gauges, fits and clearances, tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding, bearings, gears and threads, fasteners.
. Electrical appreciation- correct and Appropriate use of electrical
tools like Megger, tong testers, multi-meters, insulation testing
equipment, earthing and its importance.
Bearings- . types, installation and removal procedures and.
maintenance, clearance :md tolerances, oil' seals.:. types,
applications with clearances.
Lubrication'and cooling prinCiples,
8
6
4
8
6
.-6
2
2
",'
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
1
I
I
I
I
I
t
\
!
i
I
,
XV .Station and controls. 4
XVI Power station electrical auxiliary system - general aspects and 8
basic flow diagrams, etc:
(i) StatiOll lighting, power supply and distribution'boards
(ii) Station batteries and battery charging system
3747 G1I1Q-39
....---------_..__..-._-------------
___ __=__= ..-""'r--.. --
306
TIlE GAZETTE OF INDiA : EXTRAORDlNARY
[PART m..,..::.sEC. 4]
SPECIALISED SYLLAlJUS FORTECHNICIANS TO BE ENGAGED ON THE
MECHf'\NICAL SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
Total 86 Hours
3 Weeks
I
I
I
i
l
I
I
1
I
f
r
I
j
I

I
I
I
I
I
!
i
i
;
3
2
2
6
3
6
3
Number
of Hoursl
4 weeks
Part XXII
(iii) . Unit and station transformers
(iv) and. their maintenance
'Electric shocks, aid, acid burn, alkali wounds, Chlorine gas
poisoning and their .treatment. .. .....:
Fire fighting mstallations in hydro power station .
Personnel safety cleanliness, caution d . In
an . care
power station working. Importance of
Dutie,s of .and 'plant attendants,
reporting to supervisors, recording
vIsual. occurrence, expectedbeltavior,. discipline;
smcenty, cleanlIness and love for machines
XXI Onjob Training in above.areas with hands on practicals.
XVII
:xx
XVIII
, xtx
1 2
I Operation and general aspects ofannual maintenance.ofturbine
and auxiliaries
(i) Turbine
(ii) Inlet valve
(iii) Governing system
. (iv) Shaft seal :
II . Operation '. and general maintenance of common mechanical
auxiliaries:
(i)' Pumps and' associated pipe work' such as cooling water
. system, fire fighting system, drainage. system, . dewatering
system
(ii) ... Air conditioning and ventilation system
(iii) . Air compressors
(iv). EOTcranes
- (v) -Hydro mechaniCal gates
(vi) Turbine and generator bearing
(vii) Lifts
(viii) Fire fighting '. system for power house complex and
. specifically for equipments like transformers and generators
with knowledge of different fire fighting systems.
Item Particulars.
. No.
"'.>,;,.
[1WT 4]'
307
III Types of valve, SUc;tiol1 valve, delivery valve, non-
return valve, bypass valve, drain valve, air release valve, control
valve, float operated valve, Solenoid operated and pneumaticil1ly
operated valves and their applications.
4
IV .Interpretation of instrument reading and accurate lqgging 2
V Workshop practice, making of spare parts, welding and gascutting, ' ..
pipe fitting .introduction to .various. tools, tackles and
practice.
4
.'
VI Shaft alignment methods. 4
VII Rubber components, thei.r uses and handling. 2
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS FORTECHNICIAN'S TO BE ENGAGED ON THE
ELECTRICAL SIDEOF'THEHYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
4 weeks
Total 42 Hours
== l' YzWeeks
Maintenance of measuring instruments such as dial' gauges, .
micrometers, vernier . calipers etc. "
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
1
I
I
I
I
2
4
')
<.
2
4
8
3
'8
Number
of Hotirs
On Job Training in above areas with hands on practical.
Part XXIII
Standard storage practices for spares'and materials. ,
Mechanical safety.
2
:particulars.
Operation and general .aspects of. annual maintenance of
. generators and auxiliaries
(i) Generator and its dry out
(ii) Excitation system
(iii)" AVR
Operation .and general maintenance of common electrical
auxiliaries
(i) Station supply
". (ii) Batteries and chargers, DC distribution boards and
emergency lig1;lting system
(iii) Motor winding and repairs
(iv) Understanding of electrical panel wiring
(v) PLCC system
(Vi) EOT crane
Couplings-different types, ngid and flexible coupling.
. Vibration-general know:ledge of the causes; effects, remedies,
measurement and balancing.. . .
I
II
'1
Item
No.
XIII
x
VIII
XI
XII
IX
I
. "
___....:.c.... L _
._--- ._.__ _._-.__ .
.;,".
',. ;
308 urn GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
III Operation and maintenance of transformers including oil.
filtration .
N Out door switch yard equipment such as isolators, circuit
breakers and contactors, earthing switches, CT, CVT, LA
[PART m-8OC. 4J
6
3
7",
V Indoor switch gear system 4
VI .Alarm systems - visual and audible 2
VII Earthing and neutral grounding: necessity of methods for. safety 4
while handling electrical equipments. Reading electrical circuit
diagrams
.VIII Maintenance ofintemal telephones and public address system 3
IX Meggering and testing of electrical equipment, wiring and cables 3
X Maintenance of electrical switchgears 6
Xl Fuses-rewirable types, cartridges type, high rupturing capacity 6
fuse, constructional features of fuse and fuse sockets, knife type
high rupturing capacity fuses, use of pullers for insertion and.
removal, colour code for fuse ratings.
XII Motor starters and their applications-direct-on:'line, star delta, 5
rotor resistance, cont/letors and relays .
XIII Voltmeters, ammeters, watt meters, energy meters, meggers, 6
multimeters, tong testers and general inf()rmation about their use
XIV Laying and jointing of cables of voltage upto 250 V and . 4
exceeding 250 V but not exceeding650 V.
XV Panel wiring methods,connections, earthing, and principles of 2
operation of small distribution transformers.
I
XVI Protection relays, current and potential transformers, purposes, 2
I
I
. connections and use.
I
XVII Elementary knowledge of electrical Engineering m a t ~ r i a l s and 2
I their properties.
I
1
XVIII Basic knowledge of computers and on line monitoring system 2
I
I
Familiarization with
I
XIX supervisory control and data acquisition 4
I
i
system. .-
I
Total
80 Hours
=3 Weeks
XX On job Training in above areas with hands on practicals.
4 weeks
309
Part XXIV
SPECIALISED. SYLLABUS FORTECHNICIANS TO BE ENGAGED ON THE
INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
.-
Item
No.
1
I.-
II.
Particulars
Familiarization with Super.visory control and data acquisition
system
'. .
Power supplies and alann system
Number
of Hours-
3
4
III. Power station instruments, their maintenance and testing 4
(i) Event sequence recorder
(ii) Disturbance fault recorders
(iii) Sequence controllers , \
(iv) Digital relays '
IV Water flo",,:, meters and their application and maintenance 2 .
.. ,,\ .
V Pressure gauge: Bourdon typeg!iuge, barometer principles of 3
operation, absolute pressure, vacuu.m pressure, maintenance of
pressure gauges.
VI Level -gauges: Different types of level gauges and their 3
application in power and calibration
VII Temperature indicators: mercury thennometers, resistance 3
thennometers, thennocouples, their use in power house and
calibration
VIII Instrument workshop practice: electronic circuit diagram study, 6
multi-meters, Megger, drilling, soldering, use of resistance
f
bridge and workshop potentiometer
IX Electronic components, osCilloscope, power supply, signal 8
.,-
generator applications, logics and timers _
X .Telemetering and signal conditioning, transducers, thresholds, 8
transmitters and their calibration
XI Instrument fault finding 2
XII- Safety precautions
Total 48 Hours
== 1 Y2 Weeks
XIII On job Training in above areas with hands on practicals. 4 Weeks
_________ _0__.-. _________. .. 0 .__
310 . TIffiGAZETIE OFINDlA : EXTRAORDINARY
. .
Part XXV
[PART m-SEC. 4]
SYLLABUS FORENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGEDlN '..
OPERATIONAND MAINTENANCE OFS1JB-STATIONS ASSOCIATED
WITH THKGENERATINGSTATIONS
Common course for Electrical. Mechanical and Instrume,ntation
Item
. No.
1
Particulars Number
ofHours
3
I General Introduction:
(i) World Power Scenario
(ii) Growth of Power Industryin India
(iii) Generation Scenario in India ) .
(iv) Transmission'and Distribution Scenario in India
(v) .' Role ofPrivate Power Participants in India
.(vi) OrganisatioriJPowerSector set up'" '.
(vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specificatio,ns for
, Electrical wiring
(viii) Energy conservation
"
II Layout and location of 66 kV and higher voltage sub-stations.
III . ' Mainequipments used together With their specifications- .'
including gas insulated switchi?gsystems
. IV Concept of High Voltage DC Transmission
V Construction of high voltage lines, types of towers, typesof
insulators and their electrical and mechanical characteristics.
VI High tension feeders, their load carrYing capacities.
VII . (i) Alternating and direct currents, relation between voltage,
current, power, reactive power and common units in ilse.
Power factor, Ohm's Law, resistance, reactance,
impedance, percentage impedance. Three phase vectors, .'
phase - displacement between current and voltage
(ii) Basic principles of. transformation, magnetisation,
hysteresis, reluctance, retentivity, electromagnets. Flux'
density, ampereturns equation for transformation,
- reactors, etc.
.(iii) Two winding, three winding and auto transformers.
Grounding transformers, salient features of shell type
and core type transformers, hot rolled and cold rolled
steel cores, stampings and their assembly. Different
vector groups and terminal connection
(iv) Transformer fixtures, e.g., Buchholz relay, on-load and
off-load tap .changer, breathers, conservators, bushings
5
4
6
3
3
3
29
I
I
I
!
I
I
!
I
I
[
I
I
I
'.
['lWT III-wis 4]
VIII
IX
x
xi
XII
of differenttypes, thermometers, indicators, alanns ,
(v) Cooling of transfonner and oil, different methods, of
cooling, importance ()f oil filtering and 'drying-out of
transfonners,' di-electrlc ,strength of oil, different
varieties of filtets " and their comparison, tjpes of
radiators' '
(Vi) Trm:sfonner tests -failure and causes, maintenance' and'
repaIrs
(vii) J:'arallel operation,Regulation, voltage control, tap
change, commissioning tests "
Breakers:
(i) Functions of breakers, their action.
(ii) Different. types of outdoor and, indoor breakers, e.g; bulk
oil, minimumoil and air blast, SF6- principles and their,
applications
(iii) Operating mechanism, manua.l, spring, hydraulic
pneumatic, motor
(iv) B r e a k ~ r maintenance, failures and their causes,
Commissioning procedure
Bus bars:
(i) Indoor.bus bars, their,capacity, forces on theni during
short circuit, bus bar mountings and their clearances
(ii) Strung t;nd tub
1
11artl5tpe bus bats, their curientratings,
supports, jumper:;, cleaninces.'
(iii) Busbarflttings and connectors
(iv) Cables of voltage exceeding 650V,types, their
maintenance and testing
Current and potential transformers:
(i) , Types of current and potential transformers, their
working principles, ratings, ac::.uracies.
(ii) "FunctiQils of current and potentj,l1 transformers.
(iii) Failure of current and 'potentiali!a.'sforrners, their
causes.
Isolators:
(i) Tilting and rotating isolators, with and without arcing
horns, horizontal center break type, tandem isolators,
earthing ,blades, cun-ent rating, breaking a circuit by
, isolator, interlocking with circuitbreaker '
(ii) Maintenance of isolators
Lightning protection: .
(i) Simple descriptionoflightning phenomena, surges and
their protection ,
(ii) Construction of lightning arrestors and the principles of
their working
(iii) Different types of lightning arrestors and ratings
(iv) Earthing and location oflightningarrestors.
8
6
5
5
3
311
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
f
312 : THE GAZETTE OF INDIA r EXTRAORDINARY
(v) Codes and Practices for lightning protection
XIII . Capacitors
i I'.\RT III "SEC. 4J
XIV Control Room:
(i) Necessity and function ofacontrol board, types of
boards, instruments of the board.
(ii) Functions of the various relays and indicators, mimic .
diagram indicators, annunciator and alarm,
characteristics ofrelay testing and setting of relays
(iii) Remote control ofbreakers, isolators, tap changers,
indicators on the control board.
(iv) Control and power cables
(v) Metering, concept of tariff, event loggers, disturbance
recorders
\.
10
XV Auxiliary supply:
(i)' Current and ampere-hour ratings of batteries, battery.
charging equipment, checking of specific gravity of
electrolyte, maintenance of batteries
. (ii)' Importance of direct current supply and its functions.
(iii) Auxiliary direct current supply
(iv)AC distribution board
XVI Clearances and Compliance of .CEA (Measures relating to
Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations 2010
(i) Minimum clearance between phases and phase to ground
for different voltages
(ii)CEA(Measures relating to Safety"and Electric Supply)
Regulations, 2010 pertaining to sub-stations.
XVII Earthing: . . .
(i) Safety earthing and system earthing, the method of
earthing e.g., solid earthing, resistance earthing, peterson
coil earthing, earthing of lightning arrestor, importailce
and advantages of each type
(ii) Different types of earth electrodes, earthing mats,
recommended values of earth resistance, measurement of
earth resistance
. XVIII Maintenance: Maintenance of log sheet and other records. The
importance of maintenance of good records.
XIX Safety:
_ (i) procedures and procedures for giving line clear
and taking it back. Maintenance of records oflineclear.
.(ii) artificial respiration andsh9ck treatment
. ." ,.'.1
: ;:-!.
'. .
XX (i) Interlocking and sequential operatiop-bf different
equipments. ..... q
(ii) Protections:- Transformers, lines, reactors, bus bar.
5
5
3
3
10
8
t.
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
I
I
!
!
- ---:--. ...... ,. '..-.-._----.,--.- ....,.,"' .. .-.......,....",..,----.'.......-."..."',..,......,-.. ----. ........ - .... _-..,.. _- ._.... - -.'
.-- ._..._-----..._..__...._-_....._---- - --- .. - - - -- ----
[1:Jl1T I I I ~ ~ 4]
313
XXI Synchronising, charging and discharging of lines ,of'voltage 3
exceeding 650 V butnot exceeding33 kV. Live line testing.
xxn Calibration and testing of various types of equipment,
indicating and measuring equipments, recorders, analysers.
xxrn Handling emergency conditions.
XXIV ' Diagnosing troubles in the plant from instruments and
annunciation.
- XXV' Thermography monitoring.
XXVI Study of carrier system, PLCC
XXVII Auxiliary equipments such as compressors, station lighting,
etc.
~ l J Fire-fighting .equipment - their' operations',maiIitenance and'
refillitlg, emulsifier, firewall protections .
4
3
3
4
2
2
3
..
XXIX Personnel' management, duties and responsibilities, labour. 4
welfare and labour laws
,
XXX ,Power and telecommunication co-ordination committee 2
(PTCC) guidelines.
XXXI Broad, principles of material management and inventory 3
control
XXXII Simulator Training -30
Total 190 Hours
::::6 Weeks
XXXIII On Job Training related to above areas - 4 Weeks
XXXIV Industrial visits and evaluation 2 Weeks
3747 GI/1D-40
: ~ . " . ~
314 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY IPI\RT 1II--SEc. 41
Part XXVI
SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS TQ ASSIST ENGINEERS AND
SUPERVISORS IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUB-STATIONS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE GENERATING STATIONS
. .
Common course fat Electrical, MechanicaLand Instrumentation
Item Particulars
. No.
Number
of Hours
1 2 3
=,----,-:=-::::--c-c ...7: ...c-c,.:::._=....-.=.. c-c ..-__ .-.. ..-....-_-.-.- ...-...c-c __-__ ..._...... .... _..._.__:-.--.-. __ ...-....-...-: .-_..-_.-_.-_
...---._--
III .... Transformers (Power and Distribution):
(i) Types of transformers and parallel operations
(ii) C60ling and drying out of transfomlers
(iii) Testing of transformers .
(iv) Maintenance of transformers
(v). Protection of transformers
(vi) . Failures of transformers
II Equipments:
(i) Control/Relay panels arid meters
(ii) Switch gear, Breakers
(iii) Isolators
(iv) Cables- types, construction and jointing'
(v) Power Capacitors .
(vi) Lightning arrestors
(vii) CT, PT and carrier communication.
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
1
I
I
"
..
.0
I
I
i
I
I
.,
I
i
I
12
..
f
. i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12
6
6
12
. 3
General Introduction:
(i) Functions of State Electricity Board/Utility
(ii) Introduction to Electricity Act 2003,CEA (Measures
relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations; 2010.
(iii) Substation:
(a)' Sub-stations, Selection of site, clearances and control
room
(b) Sub-stations:.. 33 kV to 765 kV
(c) Selection of voltage level for Sub-station and layouts
Cable Jointing: .
Cables-types, selection, cable trenches, cable routing and laying,
cable clamping, jointing and of HT, power and
control cables andjunctionbox,.etc.
Circuit Breakers, ISolators and Relays:
(i) Principle and construction'
(ii) .' Types of circuit breakers ..
(iii)' Maintenance of circuit breakers
(iv) Relays - various types and functions .
(v) .. Maintenance of isolators ..
.Storage Batteries:
Need, Functions, Commissioning and Mahtenance V
VI
IV
I
Earthing:
VII Sub-station earthing, equipment earthing and Consumer earthing
and procedure for improving quality of earth resistance
3 .
315
, .
VIII
IX
X
Safety and fire fighting
(1) Safety .
(i) Basic principle of safetY, importance of safety rules and
their observation .
(ii) .List of Safety equipment, their use and maintenance thereof
(iii) Permit proceiiure , .
(iv) Self permit, Permit on phone and Procedures to be observed
(v) . Electric shock and safety.
(vi) Causes 'of Accident, Precautions to be taken to avoid
accidents while working.
(2) Fire fighting:
(i) Principle and causes of fire, class of fire i.e., A, B, C.
Precautions to be taken to avoid fire
(ii) Fire fighting equipments, their type and' use, their
periodical maintenance . .
Duties of staff:
Duties of staff assisting supervisory and operating staffiarid
maintenance of records
Human Resource Development:
(i) Personal development and motivation
(ii) Communication skill arid its importance
(iii) Attitudinal training
6
6
9
Total
75 Hours
::::2 Y2 Weeks
.,-.
XI On job training, industrial visits and evaluation: 3 Weeks
(1) Study Visits - after introduction: .
(i) lSI visit :11 kVand 33 kVsub-station
(ii) 2
nd
visit: 66 kV and 132 kV sub-station
(iii) 3
rd
visit: 220 kV and 400 kV sub-station
2. Study and practicals
(i) Measurement of current, voltage, power, energy, frequency
and power factor
(ii) .Jesting and connection of over currentand earth fault relays
- (iii) Study of Buchholz relays
(iv) Measurement of earth resistivity
(v) Meggering of installation and equipments
. (vi) Study and maintenance ofbreathers .
(vii) Study of"on load tap changer" for transformel'
(viii) Study of line construction materials and hardware
(ix) Demonstration of conductor jointing
(x) Demonstration.of ..
316 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-8EC. 4]
(xi) Study of various type of power fuses, control fuses, kitkat
and horn gaps. . .'
(xii) Use of safety equipments and practicals followed for pennit
on works .
(xiii) First aid aiId.firefighting drills
(xiv) Energy conservation
Part XXVII
ASSESSMENT FORMS (TRAINING PERFORMANCE)
(I) ASSESSMENT FORM FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS .
Name of the Trainee , : ~ .
Period: From ;.. ;.. , to (extended period).
Section ..
Working in .; : : ; .
Department , : , ; : .
11 . Intelligence and grasp: .
(i) Does he have full knowledge of the plant
and equipment on which he is working and
follows the instructions given to him and
can execute them properly'
(ii) Is he industrious, hard working and
. painstaking
(iii). Has he shown any special skill of operation
. in saving plant and equipment in trouble or
.. emergency
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5
Remarks
4
Marks
given
3
-(1)
+(5)
+(5)
-(1)
-(1)
+(10)
+(10)
Marks
allotted
Particulars
Punctuality and attendance
(i) Is he reluctant to continue on overtime
(ii) Is he in the l)abit of taking leaves at the
eleventh hour
(iii) Does he insist on compensatory off
2
t
1
Item.
No.
IIi.. Temperament and behaviour:
(1) .Behaviour "";ith superiors/colleagues and +(5)
subordinates
(ii) Capacity to take quick and correct decisions
(iii) Capacity . to handle independent +(5)
responsibility
+(10)
IV Any special qualifications- capacity to execute a +(10).
particular 01' difficult job economically,
intelligently; resourcefully or with special skill
~ ...
'v Judgment of'the candidate by taking viva-voce
test or by asking questions verbally
Total marks
The marks may be given as below:-
Excellent
Very good
Good
Average
Below average
Special Remarks. if any;- .
Station Superintendent
+(40)
91-100%
71-90%
61-7Q%
51-60%
Below 51%
Sectioncin-charge
(Power Plant)
317
I
I
L
I
!
I
t
I
!
j
!
I
- ~ - - - - - ~ - ~ ~ - - ' - - - ~ - . ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - _ . _ - - - - - - - - - - _ . - .
.' , , ~ - . , . ; ; . , .
318
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
[PART Ill-SEC. 4]
(II) ASSESSMENT-FORM FOR ENGINEERS/SUPERVISORS
(For use of the Traiining Department)
(1) Name of theTrainee
(2) Dateofbirthlage
.....................................................................................
(3) Training period: From , , (Months)
(4) Technical qualification
........................... : .
'.' : '0' ..
.(5) Specialisation if any .
.......................................................................................
(6) .Practical experience
- (7)? i'oD):" .. , , .
Test No;- Date Written Viva On job Project
.
,
.j,
,
(8) Percentage of marks seCuredin allthetests:
(9) General Remarks and Recommendations:
Director of the Institute
-_.. --_._--_ -_._----_.. :_- _. __ .. ,_ .. _ _.. -- .. _ __. -_.:.....-._--- ._ .. ..
4] 11IfCfiT : 319
(III) ASSESSMENT FORM FORTECHNICIANS TO ASSIST ENGINEERS
AND SUPERVISORS
Name of the Trainee " ': : .
Period: From : to
Working in .
Section : .
...................................... , .
Item Particulars Marks . Marks Remarks
No. allotted given
1
I
234
Punctuality and attendance:
(i) Does he attend the duty punctually +(5)
and avoids\absenting without prior
intimation.
(ii) Is he reluctant to continue on -(I)
overtime
(iii) Is he in the habit of taking leaves at
the eleventh hour . . -(I)
't;".
(iv) Is he even prepared to take leave -(4)
without wages
(v) Whether he medical leave -(1)
often
5
II Intelligence and graljiT
(i) Does he have full knowledge of the +(10)
plant and equipment on which he is
working and follows the instructions
given to him and can execute them
. properly
(ii) Is he industrious, hard working and
+(5)
painstaking

(iii) (a) he shown any special skill

of operation in saving plant c:nd
+(10)
equipment in trouble oreinergency .
OR
,.:
(b) Has he shown any special skill or
innovation in any mair..tenance job.
III .Temperament and behaviour:
(i) Behaviour with +(5)
's
(ii) Capacity to take quick and correct
+(5)
decisions by himself or to point out
the discrepancies to . superiors
.J
promptly while attending plant and
equipment.
(iii) Capacity to take independent charge
as plant attendants (Name of the
+(10)
. plant)
,,;-
320
IV

Any special qualification'>: -+(10)
(i) Is he suitable for any other plant
-- other than the one mentioned above
at I1I(iii)
(ii) Can he record the readings correctly
(iii) Is he suitable for any _particular
skilled maintenance - job as an
artisan. .
(iv) _Has he specialised in any particular
trade such as winder, high pressure
- welding, etc.
[PART 4]
V Judgment of the candidate by taking viva- +(40)
voce test or by asking -questions verbally
about power plant and equipment
Total marks
o
The marks-may be given as be)ow:-
Excellent
Very good
Good
Average
_Below average
Special Remarks if any:-
Station Superintendent
91- 100%
. 71-90%
61-70%
51-60%
Below 51%
Section-in-charge
(Power'Plarit)
_.- _._------- .... _--- .._--_. --_." _.--- -- -_..__....__ ..
321
(IV) ASSESSMENT FORM FOR TECHNICIANS TO ASSIST ENGINEERS
AND SUPERVISORS . "
(For use of the
(1) Name of the Trainee
. .
..............................................................................
-: j"'
(2) Date of birth/age
.' .
(3) Training period: From to (Months)'
(4) Highest technical qualification
(5) Specialisation, if any
"
........ : ' .' e" '
(6) Practical experience
...................................................................................
(7) Marks secured in periodical tests (out of 100):
;.';:" ..
.....
Test No. . Date Written Vivabnjob
.J'-
(8) Percentage of marks secured in all the tests:
.................................................
(9) General remarks recommendations:
3747 Gl/tQ-41
Dil'eCtor of the Institute
"
322 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAOIU)INARY
'='

$afety, measures for Qperationand maintenance oftransmissiolt and distribution
.
,[Seesub-re,gulation (3) (7)I
.Part I
i (l):,l)uratjon and content oftraining shall beasspecified below:
, '"- The time allocation and various components of
forepgiheersandsupervisors who would be engaged on
':operationand maintenance of transmission system shall be as given in Part II of
.
allocation and various, components, of the training'
, ;whowould assist. the engineers and supervisors in
system shall be as:given in Part III
'
- The time alldcation and various
"cot:Jlponents ofthe t,raining course for engineers; supervisors and Technicians in
,Qper<ltiQn: and, 'of sub-transmission and distribution system shall be
, VandVlofthisScedule.' .
(iv)Refresher course ;.The,,durationandcontents of the refresher courses shall
by the owneriofthesaid system and training institute.
(v) Visits to factories-. ASipartofpractkaltraining the trainees may betaken to
factories manufacturing i cqujpments: used 'in,transmission and distribution
installations.
(vi). Perfonnanceof:thetralttee(s) -The'traininginstitutes shall group the
syliabusin. modules:fol1. organising.the' training. The pass'percentage in eae
mOdule" fOfi!theory" and' for:. project, work ishall, be ''50% whereas for on job
mining and fOf viva voce it shall be7S%,-The sponsor(s) of the trainees may
consider the institution of incentives and awards for excellent perfomlance
,during,the training and also for suitable action;for performance.
(2). Creation of the ,Institute:
.(i))'heexisting training .institutes established for training of personnel engaged
in operation and maintenance ofgenerating stations and substations associated
with generating stations can create .additional facilities for training' in
transmission and distribution, sys'tems, .
(ii)Guidelines for such institutes specified uncler Schedule-I (Item 2) under the
heading "Facilities for Creatiqn oftraining institute".shall also be applicable for
instltutes which would impart training in transmission and distribution systems,
(3). Assessment fomls for engineers and supervisors and for Technicians to assist the
, engineers and supervisors are given at Part XXVII of Schedule I"
..
-,c- ..
","-.
".': .
323
Part II,"
AND SUPERVISORS FOROPERATIONAND'
MAINTENANCE '
t, '
'Of
, .
,.
Item,
No.:
1 '
I.
II.
III.
..,".
Pa'rticulars
2
Generallntrbductiort:
(i) World Power Sceriario"
(ii) Giomh'6f'PoWetlndUstr)'in India'
(iii)
(iv) Tri1l1SI11issi6n andcDistributiolrScenano in India,,"
, , '
,(v) Roleof:Prlvate-PowbrPartiCipantsinIndia
(vi) Organisation/PowetSectot'Setup
'(vii) Introduction to IndiatfStandard'specifications'for'
Electrical Wiring' "
(viii) Energy Conversation'"
Power Generation:,
(i) Types'of'gerteratiolt'onventiOiitil;andnon-conyentioriai;
'Thermal Power Plant: components/equIpments and their
brief details;and uses,featrires and characteristics of boiler,
turbine; generator,excitatiotl;' etc; Briefoperational
aspects; captive
(ii) Hydro and their
features and characteristics of turbine
generator; aspects
(iii) Gas-PowetPllllit:'cohcept'of open cycle and combined"
cycle;components;'characieristics of gas turbines, brief
operati6hal'aspects,'captive power plants'
(iv) Nuclear PowerPlant: salientfeatures "
(v) Non"Conventional Energy: various sources, working
generation '
(vi) Co-'generati6n,:,optilria:lmb(of different types of "
generation; 'base loadahdpeak load operation'
Power Transmission:'
(1) HVACandHVDCTransmissionSystem'
(i) 'Brief history of EH'/tnlnsmissiortsystem in India
(ii) , Tower types A, B, C, D and special towers
(iii) Conductors/Earfhwire and' their- 'accessories, tYPes,
configuration; tr:an'sposiclon,' selection criteria
(iv) , and hardware fittings: types, ,strength,details
(v) Right of way, CEA(Measures relating to Safety and
Electric Supply) 2010 andActs,'statutory
clearances from other agenCies, com.pensation, etc.
(vi) SurVeying, tower spotting
(vii) Benching and soil classification, soil investigation and soil
resistivity measurement.
(viii) Tower design and testing, quaiity checks
Number
,
18
30
.." .. :'"7".'
324
. : ~ . : .
THe GAZETTE OF INDIA : I:f:;:T:;:RA=O:;:R:;:D:;:'N:;:A:;:R:;:Y='====='P:;:/\:;:RT=":;:':;:S:;:E:;:'C:;:,4:;:]
: (ix) Tower erection hardware and\) acce.ssories, fitting
procedures, stringing, clearances, .collunissioning .
(x) Operation and Maintenance of Transmission Line : line
patrolling, routine checks, fi.Iling log books, T & P,
thermovision scanning, fault failure analysis, hot line
maintenance, case studies
(xi) Development of HVDC technology, economics,
comparison with HVAC systems,' principles of HYDe
conversion, HVDC lines, HYDC sub-stations -::. converters,
reactive power considerations,' HVDe system, operation
and control, maintenance; AC and DC harmonics and
filtering, protection system, insulation, coordination,
emergencies and case studies. .
(xii) FACTS (Flexible AC Transmission System)
-':"
(2) Sub - Stations (765kV/400 kVI220kV/I32kV)
(i) Types: generation sub-station, grid sub-station, mobile
sub-station, gas insulated sub-station, '. HVDC sub-
station, indoor/outdoor, etc., general comparison
(ii) General arrangement and layout ofswitchyard, switchi;;g
schemes, single line diagram . ..
(iii)Power Transformers and Reactors
(a). Types: major components, constructional details,
functions
(b) Design and selection, specificatiori and rating
(c) Bushings, On Load. Tae Changers (OLTC),
Buchholz relay, conservator, breather, thermo
syphon filter, indicators,etc. . .
(d) Cooling arrangements.,. methods of cooling, pumps,
fans, radiators, etc: . .
(e) .Transformer tests
(f) Introduction to relevant Indian Standards
(iv)Switchgears and Introduction to relevant .Indian
. Standard.
(a) Circuit Breaker: types (MOCB,ABCB, YeB, SF
o
)'
constructional details, layout arrangement,
connection '. to bus, design, selection parameters,
ratings/specifications, interlocks and 'introduction to
relevant Indian Standard _
(b) Isolator: types (Vertical, Horizontal, Pantography'
Breaks, constructional details, _Earth - switch,
interlocks, de:sign/selection, nitings/specifications
(c). Bus bar types, construction, supports, insulators,
- connectors, -- jumpers, safety clearances,
design/selection, .ratings/specifications
(d) CT/CYT/Lightning Arrestor/Lightning Mast: Types,
constructional details, use, location, selection/design,
ratings/specifications . -
(e) Power Line Carrier Communication (PLCC):
principle, purpose, types of coupling and choice of
components, use and operation of PLCC system,
modules of PLCC panels, ratings/specifications
75
' : ~ - : ' - " =:"-- --.--.. - - ' . ~ . - .---._._...----
........ -:-.- r -. __~ ~ . __'.__ _
['lWT 41
(f) Meters, Indicators, and. Recorders: types and
functional description of. all types of meters.
indicators and recorders-Voltmeter, Ammeter,
Frequency Meter, Wattmeter, Energy meter, Event
logger (EL), Disturbance Recorder (DR), Fault
Locator (FL), indicators and knowledge pf relevant
Indian Standard
(g) types, functions, constructional
selection, ratings! specifications, testing and setting
of relays' and knowledge of relevant Indian Standard
(h) Protection" System Philosophy:' types, design.
protection schemes,' tripping schemes, protection of
transfomiers/reactors; .motors, feeders. generator
bus, etc.
(v) Grounding: types ofT<>unding, earth testing and
treatment, earth mat .de!;Jgn, potential. touch
potentials. transfer potentials, neutral gro!mfljpg f?s!or.
(vi) Auxiliary facilities -.
(a) DO set
(b) Fire. fighting system - types of fire, extinguishe,
system,' fire fighting
system for tr,msformer/reactor, oil storage system,
control room, office building. etc.-
(c) Station Battery System
(d) LT supply
(e) Air Conditioning System
(f) Compressed" Air. System (service .im . .
instrument air system)
(vii) Control Room: layout, arnmgement of
equipments/panels, false ceiling and floorin.g. fire
safety measures, Air-conditioning,' Uninterrupted Power .
Supply (UPS), computer and its peripherals, lighting
lemergency lighting
(viii) Cables: types, control cables, power cables,. layout,
.trench/gallery arrangement, cable ratings, selection, and
jointing.
.(ix)Compensating serielj
reactorl capacitor,static var compensators{Svq .
(x)Sub-station operation: operational' aspects of all
equipments/systems, salient features and parameters,
limiting values. control room operation, locaVremote
operation, operational guidelines/procedures, and
synchronisation, grid operation, communication with
R,LQCI SLDe,et"., permit to work,line clear procedure,
of books, records, tripping reports, shift
. procedures, monitoring, dutiel3 of
station staff, interlocks and sequentiaL operation,.
operational problems, operation un.der .emergency, case
studies. .
(xi) S!1b-station Maintenance:
(a) Need, philosophy, types- routine, preventive,
planned, predictive, breakdown, emergency
maintenance, comparisons, life expectancy curves
325
....;.......,.....-.-_.,....,..... , .
.--.. --. --- --.. -.. -
326 THE GAZE1TE OFJNDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-8EC. 4]
Load DispatchandCommunicaili:ln 18
(i) Load Dispatch Centres- functions, SLPC/RLPC,' NLDC,
. dupng-dispatch, post dispfl,tch fu
I1
ctions
(ii) ., SupervisoryCOntr91and Data' Acquisition (SCADA)
-System, .RTU, front end cornputers, main computers,
'-'.,-. "boilrd,s
(iii) EI1ergy Mamigement fun()tion
Ov) ..' '. lo&d
load snedding . .
(v) Hydro."
. (0) VQltage/freque.ncycol1trol
(vii) Power
I
I
I
!
I
I
1
I
I
I
... __._--.. I
- ---- --- - -,.. -- ------ -- ...._- - -
-------- .
(bathtub. curves), tools and . tackle$, testing
instruments; safety devices, sampling equiprrients,
test kits; ,visual . checks, condItion monitoring
techniques, on-line. maintenance, . daily/weekly/
. moIithly/quarteriylhalf yearly/annual maintenance of
different .equipJ]ients, planning the maintenance
activities, preparation of maintenance estimates,
\)udgetingfor control, maintenance records, history
(b) spare parts management
(c) Transformer and Reactor Maintenance-factors
affecting life of transformer/reactor, . types of
faults. that can otcur, reasons for breakdown, visual
checks! inspection! preliminary" testing of various
components- oil sampling and testing, oil filtration;
Dissolved Gas', Analysis (DGA), maintenance
Schedule;Jaultrectification, need for major overhaul
and methods .
. (d) Switchgear and Protection Maintenance
maintenance ofCB, isolator,' earthswitch, support
insulators, CT/CVT, LA. Lighttiing Mast (LM),
meters/recorders, PLCC, protective relay
maintenance, protection system maintenance
(e) Maintenance of auxiliaries and other systems-
battery and charging' system, DG set, air
conditionirig plant; compressed air system, fire
fighting system, switchyard - lighting, control room,
earth resistance testing, .cables, compensating
devices.
(xii) Erection andco:inmissionmgof sub-station,Project
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), Critical Path
Method (CPM), charts, project monitoring, erection, pre-
commissioning .' checks/tests, commissioning,
synchronisation.
(xiii) Civil works surveying, site selection, soil
investigation, general layout and architectural drawing,
switchyard foundation, cable trench oil pit,
. control room building, DO set .building, Fire fighting
system and AC design, design 1!,11(1 construction
of toads; water 'iupply 'pipe lines,
fencinw'compound. . .
, .
.;.
-rifrT 4] 327
-,
IV.
v.
(viii) Grid Managemet1t - problems/solutions
(ix) Operational co-operation, import/export of t:=ncrgy. rolt: of
tariff in system operation
(x) Maintenance, on-line maintenance
(xi) - Grid disturbances- case studies
(xii) Software tools
Communication System: types- PLCC; microwave, leased
lines, -fibre optics, satellite, - V-SAT Communication.
comparison, characteristics, modules. planning criteria,
selection criteria, RTUs, modems, baud rate, c()ITununicalion
protocols, data exchange, system noise and interference;
integrated communication system, O&M of communication
protocol -details, telemetry, tele-control -and tclc-
protection.
Commercial Aspects And Contracts
(I) Commercial Aspects
_(i) Introduction to commercial aspects of pmver
system/distribution system
(ii) Tariff Structure, types, components, methods cif working
out, revenue _-
(iii) Energy accounting, Availability Based Tariff (ABT), inter-
utility tariff, commercial disputes -and solutions
(iv) Inventory planning and control, biB of materials, purchase
procedures, standardization and codification ofstores
(v) Resource mobilisation through bonds/ debenturesishares.
(vi) Cost Engineering, costing and control, estimation,
estimates for providing service -(LT/HT) -connections,
street lighting. ' , -
(vii) Electricity Rules and Regulations, Enactment
(viii) Budget types, budgeting procedure, appropriation, budget
control.
(ix) Accounting, auditing.
-- (2) Contracts' _ _
(i) Contract basics;terminology
(ii) Qualification- requirement, pre-qualification, bids,
evaluation - _ -
(iii) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT), Notice Inviting
Quotation
(iv) Preparation of bid tendering! bidding
(v) Bid opening, bid evaluation, award of contract,
monitoring of contract.
_(vi) Contractual obligations/liquidation, guarantee
/warranty _
(vii) Vendor - qualification, development
(viii) Contractual problems and solutions
(ix) Revised cost estimation, justification for cost/time
over-run, substitute item,s. ,
(x) - Handing/takiiigover procedures, closing of contract
(xi) Legal issues of contracts; arbitration
Management: , _
(i) Principles of management, leadership, effective
24
12
12
._. __ _..,..._. -;--:-or ._.. .. :--:---:-::-='."
.".".
328
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
. (vi)
(vii)
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
communication. motivation. decision making, strategic
management
Management Information System
Project Management
Finance ManMement
Construction Management
Materials Management
Total Quality Management
IPART Ill-SEc. 4]
On Job Training:
(1) System Operation (On job) 3 Weeks
(A) (Generating/Grid/Distribution)
(i) Layout, equipment familiarisation
(ii) Details, functioning, specification and different
parameters of switchyard, control room. auxiliary
system equipments .
(iii) Shift handing/taking over, logging of parameters,
Toutine checks on eqqipments/ systems
(iv) Operational aspects of equipments /systems,
synchronization, grid operation, charging procedure
(v) Line/feeder connections, protectio
ll
. schemes, lQading
aspects, etc.
J vi) Sa1i<?nt features and operational aspects of HVDC sub-
station.
VI.
.VII.
System Planning and NewTechnologies:
(1) System Planning
(i) Introduction to power system planning requirements and
methods . .
(ii) Load forecasting and techniques
(iii) . Load flow studies for planning
(iv) . Preparation of feasibility report (FR), Detailed Project
Report (DPR)
(v) Approval/clearance of projects
(2) New Technologies:
(i) Latest development in transmiSSIOn system design,
material, component, system, tariff, . operation,
maintenance
.. (ii) Latest developments. in distribution system design,
components, meters, system, tariff, operation,
maintenance
(iii) Latest developments in power system, communication,
application of computers to power system. .
Total
6
6
207 Hours
== 7 Weeks
..

. ""':".>:-"
(B) Load Dispatch Communication
. (i) Load Dispatch Centre (NLDC/RLDC/SLDC): set up,
.functioning .
(ii) Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
and Ellergy Management System (EMS) functioning
(iii) Load forecasting

(iv) Generation scheduling
(v) . Voltage and frequency control activities
(vi) Communication system operation .
(vii) . System Software
(viii) Shift operation
(2) System Maintenance (On job) '. 3 Weeks
(A) Sub-Station Maintenance ..' .
(i) .Visual checks, routine, preventive, planned, break-down
maintenance of equipments/system
(ii) . Transformer, reaCtor, switchgear, relays, protection
system and auxiliary facilities. .
(iii) Maintenance schedules
(iv) Referring log bookslhistory records for maintenance;
(v) Testing Lab facilities, testing and commissioning.
(vi) Procedure for permit to work/line clear.
'(vii) Safety devices and practices;
;,.
(B) T&D Line/Cable Maintenance .
(i) Line patrolling" thermovision scanning, hot spots,
hardware replacement procedure, T&P.
(ii) Emergency Restoration System (ERS)
(iii) Hot Line Maintenance.
(iv)' Industrial visits and evaluation
Part III
SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS TO ASSIST ENGINEERSAND
SUPERVISORS IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OFTRANSMISSION
SYSTEM
Item
No.
'. 1
",'I'
Particulars
2
General introduction:
(i) Functions of State Electricity BoardlUtility .
(ii). Introduction' to' Electricity Act, 2003, imd CEA
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Regulations, 2010.
Nu'mber
of Hours'
3
.6
.II Substation and Equipments:
(i) Substations
(a) Sub-stations, selection of site,. clearances ,md control
room .'," .
(b) Sub-stations 33 kV to 765 kV ,
(c) Selection of voltage level for sub-station and
(i . " "_
(ii) Equipments: .
F (a) Control/relay panels and meters'
(b) Switch gear, breakers
(c) Isolators
(d) Cables-types, construction and jointing
(e), Power capacitors
(f) Lightning arrestors
(g) CT, PT and carrier communication.
3747 GI/1D-42 ,;'
.-;.
12
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
!
I
330
III
IV
V
VI
VII
THE GAZETIE OF INDIA : ExTRAORDINARY
Transformers (Power a:tJ.d Distribution)
(i) Types of transfanners and parallel operations
(ii) . Cooling and drying out ofti"ansformers .
(iii) Testing of transformers
. (ivY Maintenance of transfonners
(v) Protection of transfanners
(vi) Failures of transformers
Circuit Breakers, Isolators and Relays.
(i) Principle and construction
(ii) . Types of circuit breakers
(iii) Maintenance of circuit breakers
(iv) Relays - various types and functions
(v) Maintenance of isolators
Storage Batteries:
Need, Functions, commissioning and maintenance
Earthing:
Sub-station earthing, equipment earthing and. Consumer
'earthing and procedure for improving quality of earth
resistance
Safety and fire fighting
(1) Safety. .
(i) Basic principle of safety, importance of safety rules
and their observation
(ii) List of safety equipment, their use and maintenance
thereof
(iii). .Permit procedure
(iv) Self permit, permit on phone and proceduresto be
observed
(v) Electric shock and safety.
(vi) Causes of accident, precautions to be takento avoid
accidents while working.
(2) fire fighting:
(i) Principle. and causes of fire, class of fires, ie., A, B,
C. Precautions to be taken to avoid fire .
(ii)' Fire fighting equipments, their type and use, their
periodical maintenance
[PART m-SEC. 4]
12
12
6
3
6'
: ..-.
..
VIII -Transmission and Distribution and
Maintenance)
(1) Construction
(i) Survey of HT, LT Lines .and service lines amI
cables, crossing such as road, railway, river, etc.
(ii) Selection of materials and poles for lines and
handling of materials' .
(iii) .Pole erection, size of. pit, concreting, pole
alignment, etc.
18 .
..----.__.-._----.-.._--
['l1J7T 4] 33i
,.
IX
X
(iv) Types--af' stays, their marking, grouting, stay
insulator binding, etc.
(v) Types of conductors and their paiameterssuch as
current carrying capacity, etc.,. and
joints. .
(vi) Type. of gUarding and anticlimbing
devices, danger board, etc.
(vii) Erection of transformer DP structure
(v.iii) Patrolling, line meggering and commissioning of .
power Jines
(2) Line Maintenance
(i) Fuse grading necessityand its benefits
(ii) Patrolling, tree ct 1;ng and safe clearances
(iii)Guarding of lim),>, clearances . and maintenance,
attending to breakdowns..
Ov)Importance and maintenance.. of air-break switch,
dropout fuse set, dist. box etc. .'
(v) Pre-monsoon maintenance -necessity and procedure
thereof ;
(vi)Balancing ofload using tong tester
(3) Service Connection, theft of energy
. . '(i) Types of service cortnections (overhead,
underground, .High Tension! Low Tension,- Single
phase, Three phase)
(ii) Point of supply, testing of Consumers' wiring and
earthing terminals . .
(iii)Materials required for service connection, .fuse
grading, underground cable connections (feeder'
pillar,mini pillar, junction box.)
(iv)Theft of energy, preventive measures, unauthonzed
extensions
(v) Consumer relations and dealing with Consumer .'
problems
Duties of staff
Duties of staff, assisting supervisory an operating staff
and maintenance of records
Human Resource Development
(i) Personal development and motivation
(ii) Communication skill and its importance
(iii)Attitudinal training
6
9
XI On Job 'l'raining, industrial visits and evaluation: .
(1) Study Visits - after introduction .
(i) . 1st visit :11 kVand 33 kV sub-station
(ii) 2
nd
visit: 66 kV.and 132 kV sub-station
(iii) 3
rd
visit: 220 kV and 400 kV sub-station
90 Hours
Total == 3 Weeks
3 Weeks
--------_....-._--_._---------_.
_.. _. _._ ..... -=_.=.=_.. ---
---:---...
,332 TIIE GAZETIEOF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART m-8EC. 4J
(2) Study and practicals
(i) Measurement ofcurrent, voltage, power, energy, \
frequency and power factor
, (ii) , Testing and connection of relays
(iii) Study of Buchholz relays
(iv) Measurement of earth resistivity
(v) Meggerihg of installation and equipments
(vi)' Study and maintenance ofbreathers
, (vii) Study of "on load tall changer" for transformer
(viii) Study of line construction materials and hardware
(ix) Demonstration of conductor jointing
(x) Demonstration of cable jointing.
(xi) Study of various type ofpower fuses, control fuses,
kitkat and hom gaps.
(xii) Use of safety equipments and practicals followed
for permit on works'
(xiii) First aid and fire fighting drills
, '
Part IV
SYLLABUS FOR ENGINEERS ENGAGED IN THEOPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTIONSYSTEM
. .
r
.

Item
No.
1
I
II
III
IV
Particulars
2
Overview ofPower Sector Scenario:
,(i)' GroWth of Power Industry in India
(ii) Organisation! Power Sector set-up in'India
(iii) ,Electricity Distribution in India
(iv) Private Participation in Distribution,
('v} Distribution Reforms in India.
Regulatory Environment - Rules and Regulations: '
(i) Electricity Act,2003 Provisions relating to electricity
distribution
(ii) Role of Regulatory COminissions
(iii) CEA(Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 - Relating to electricity"
distribution.
(iv) Energy Conservation Act
Distribution planning and optimiz.ation:
(i) , Philosophy ofdistribution planning. "
(ii) Acquaintance with softwarefor distribution planning
ap.d optiIjIisation. '
(iii) Operation of software.
,,(iv) Data entry formats and report generation.
(v)" ,Case study.
Sub-transmission and Distribution Lines:
(i) Supports-towers/ poles:
, (a) Types and selection criteria
(b) Surveying ana erection
, Number
,of Hours
3
3
30
15
(- .
... ,-----
----'-
['qJ1J 4]. 333
'.
(ii) Line conductor! c.ables:
(a) Classification
(b) Selection criteria
(c) Conductor stringing, jointing! binding,. sagging and
tensioning, clipping and jumpering
(d) Earthing arrangements .
'(iii) . Cable- types, selection, cable trenches, cable routing
and laying, cable jointing and junction box
(iv) Earth wire! neutral wire, guarding,etc.
(v) Selection and fixing of control devices, viz. Gang
Operating Switches, fuses, is.olators and earthing
switches, lightning arrestors, and distribution box, etc".
(vi) Installation of service lines.
(vii)- Street Lighting - design and layout methods.
(viii) Statutory clearances, viz; Environment and fores.t, .
local bodies, railway and telegraph crossings, river
crossings, clearances under tEA (Measures relating to
Safety and Electric Supply) RegulatioIis
i
2010, Acts. '
(ix) Linel cable maintenance including hot line
maintenance line patrolling, inspection; periodicity,
.. work permit, line clear and authorisation, erection of
temporary earth and restoration of supply, maintenance
T&P and safety devices, thenno vision scanning, hot
spots, etc.
V Electric (33 kV and pelow):
(i) Type, site selection, layout and civil Erigineering
requirements.
(ii) Bus bar .arrangement, sub-station equipment, VIZ.
transformers, circuit breakers, etc.
(iii) Aux,iliary systems, viz. DG set, battery system and
fire fighting system, etc. . .
(iv) Control panel: meters, indicators and recorders and .
relays, etc.
(v) Erection, testing and commissioning of
equipments!systems
(vi) Earthing of sub-stations equipments and soil testing
(vii) Transformer oil and its testing . .
(viii) .. Operation arid maintenance of all equipnients,
.. protective relays and auxiliaries.
VI .Metering .
.(i) . Type of metering, viz. DT metering, feeder metering
and Consumer metering.
(ii) .. Regulations on installation of meters and technical
-standards
(iii) Meter types, their settjngs and operation, testing and
sealing.
(iv) Selection of meter and metering equipment
(v) Familiarity with hardware (CMRI) and software for
meter datll download, analysis and detection of meter .
.tampering .
(vi) Role of advanced metering system in controlling
'commerciallosses .
15
6
334 THE GAZETIE OF' INDIA : EXTRAOREHNARY. [PARTIH--:-:SEC., 4}
='
VII Concept of Losses and Loss Reduction Measures: '9
(i) Concept of AT& C losses
(ii) Segregation of losses.
(iii) Tecluiicalloss-reduction measures.
, (iv) Reactive power management.
(
(v) Detection of thefts, tampering, unauthorized loads
(vi) 'Anti-theft measures and case studies
'"
(vii) Commercial loss reduction measures.
/
-(viii) Penalties under the Act for theft and misuse of
power.
(ix) Energy audit and accounting.
(x) Demand side management.
vlII Reliability Issues, Quality ofPower-Supply, Customer 6
Awareness and Satisfaction:
, (i) ,
RelIability and quality ofpower supply and
reliability indices.
,?
(ii) Causes and cures for breakdowns, tripping and
voltage and frequency fluctuation.
" /
- (iii) Creating customer awareness ,
(iv) Prompt attendance to faults.
(v) Overview of the Electricity Supply Codes of
Regulatory Commissions.
IX IT Intervention:
12
(i), ' Familiarisation with distribution software
packages, and latest software tools and \,lse thereoffor
billing and revenue realisation, GIS -mapping and
Constimer indexing, inventory control, keeping track
of equipments failure rate, quick fault location,
attendance, staff salary, energy accountability and
MIS etc.
(ii) SCADA - RTU,communication and distribution
automation.
(Iii) Customer care and call centres.
X Rural Electrification: 9
,
(i) Outsourcing of distribution aCtivities, appointmenf of
franchisees and self load management by villagers
.';'
and Gram Panchayats
(ii) Maintenance of complaint centres and fault removal,
etc., by village Panchayats etc.
(iii) Separation of rural and urban supply system '
(iv) Fixation of responsibility for energy receipt and
supply balance. ,
J
(v) Rajlv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana.
(vi) Distributed generation.
XJ Project Management: Contracts: 9
(i) Contract basics and terminology
(ii) Qualification - requirement; pre-qualification
(iii) Bids - technical and Commercial
: ~ .
[ 'llJ1T 4J
335
3
9
66
.1' .....
(ii)
(iv) Vendors'-qualification, development
(v) Notice Inviting Tenders(NIT)/ Notice Inviting
Quotations(NIQ).
(vi) Preparation ofBid Documents, tendering/ bidding
(vii) Bid opening and evaluation, Award of contracts, .
monitoring of contracts .
(viii) ContraCtual obligations/liquidation, gUarantee/
warranty
(be) Contractual problems and solutjons
(x) Revision of cost estimates, justification of cost! time
.overruri and substitute items
(xi) Handling/taking over procedurf(s, closing of contracts
(xii) Legal issues of contracts and arbitration
(xiii) .CVC Guideiines.
Disaster Management:
(i) set-up fOf disaster Management
(ii) Impact of different types of disasters
(iii)Triggermechanism and warning system
(iv)Check list and preparedness to 'address disasters.
(v) First aid techniques:
Electrical Safety Aspects: .
(i)' Basic principles of safety; importance of safety rules
and their observance.
List of safety equipment, their use and mainten.ance
thereof.
(iii) Pennitprocedure seifpermit, pennit on phone and
. procedures to be oherved.
(iv) Elect.'c shbck,safety and procedure for recovery!
resuscitation.
(v) Causes ofaccidents, safe working procedures to
avoid accidents. - .
. (vi)' Principle and causes of fire, and precautions to be
taken to avoid fires.
Field Visits and on-job training: .
(i) Familiarisation with layout of sub..stationsand
equipments
(il) Operational aspects of equipments/ and .
synchronization .
(iii) Line! feeder connections, protectionschemes, loading
aspects, balancing of loads
. (iv) Planning shift operations.
(v). Maintenance schedules
(vi) Procedures' for pennit to work/line clear
Testing lab facilities, testing andcorrimissioning
(viii) Maintenance of Log Books/history records and
adherence to,the timely recording.
(ix) Familiarisation with IT tools..
XII
XIII
XIV

,.
. l' .
. ".'i. - .
. "-,. . . 7,.; if":Total' 195 Hours
::::6 Yz Weeks
,-
336
'oF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
Part V
SYLLABUS FOR SUPERVISQRSENGAGED IN THE OPERATIONAND
MAINTENANCE OF SUB-TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Item
No.
1
I
IT
III
Particulars
2
Overview of Power SectorScenario
(i) Growth ofPo,wer Industry in India.
(ii) Organisation! Power Sector set-up in India.
(iii) Electricity Distribution in India .
(iv). Private inDistribution.
(v) Distribution Reforms in India.
Distribution Planning and Optimisation: .
(i) . Philosophy of di&tribution planning.
(ii) Acquaintance with software for distribution planning and
optimisation.
(iii) Operation of software.
(iv) Data entry.formats and report generation.
(v) Case study.
Sub-transmission and Distribution Lines:
(i) Supports-towers! poles
(a) Types and selection criteria
(b) Surveying and erection
(ii) Line Conductor/ Cables
(a) Classification
(b) Selection criteria .
(c) Conductor stringing, jointing! binding, sagging and
tensioning, clipping and jumpering
(d) Earthing arrangements.
(iii) Cables - types, selection, cable trenches, cable routing
.- and laying, cabie jointing and junction box
(iv) Earth wire/ neutral wire,guarding, etc..
(v) Selection' and fixing of control devices, .viz. Gang
Operating switches, fuses, isolators and earthing
switches, lightning arrestors, and distribution box, etc.
(vi) . Installation of service lines.
(vii) Lighting - design and layout methods,
(viii) Statutory clearances, viz. environrtlent and forest,
local bOdies, railway and telegraph crossings, river
crossings, clearances under Safety and Electric Supply
'-Regulations/Acts.
(ix) Line! cable maintenance including hot lineniaintenance
- - line patrolling, inspection, periodicity, woil permit,
line clear and authorisation, erection of temporaryearth
and restoration of supply, maintenance T&P and safety
devices, Thermo vision: scanning, hot spots, etc.
Number of
Hours
3
3
6
9

...
....- "'--'-'----'-'--'-
-;"
'..' ..

" :
.. '
. "
. ..
.. ";""
.... ,
---: . .. .
Electric Sub..Stations: kVandLhelbw)( ." .
(i) siteselectiol1 . '., ;?
requirements,. " ,-. ...... ,... :"i'
(1i) Bus bar -;;.: ,:, ,.. ;;,:.
transfonners,cJrcuit breakers>;. . . :.'
(iii) Auxiliary. systems; andditei.; ".
etc. . . .."""
(iv) Centrol' panel, meters, indicatOrs and'oocorders;and':' ",
relays, etc. . e, .. '
(v} '
equipments/systems, " .. ' '.: .. ':'. '.'
(vi) Earthing .'
(vii) Transformer oil anditstestirtg:' '; . '.' .
(viii) .
relays and auxiliaries..' ' '::,
.. IV.
." .;'
".:1_
-:":-.
...; ...... ,.
r
v ,MeteringRequirements: J
(i) TyPe ofmetering,. viz.F:>Tmetering,. feeder. metering: and':; :.: ....
Conslittlermefering:: ., ""', .<.,. ,. '
. (ii) RegUlations':otiiinstallatioR';,ometerscandtechnital:.; "/i '
standaids.- .. , .:.!" ,.,"
(iii) Meter-types;' and' .' .,,'
' ..... " :' .-,' _ ,
. . '",
".. ;," .
. r
. -,
: :". ;. .:.. '':''''
. f."
. :.;. .- ..: ,':.:':.. '
. . ...
; .." :. . .. : ,.
Concept ofLos'ses:'and c. '.,
(i) Concept of AT&C losses.
(ii) Segregationof!osses; ',.
(iii) Technicartoss:;reduction'
(iv) Reactive power management.
(v) tampering;.,unailthorizewloads.'' "
(vi) Anti-theftmeasures and"case'stumes; .... ;-.'
(vii} .
(viii) Penalties under the Actfo'r'tnetr .':' anQ)m1suseQf>'
power.::'
(ix). Energy auditand'accOlnmng'. :,
,(x) Dematidside managemel1t.
VI
.?t"
-:, .::. - "'.
VII Reliability Issues; QualityofPower''$u{)ply; tist-omer '. .'.
Awareness and Satisfactioni';' ,-" ',"" ','.' ;:,>:
Re1iabilityqualitjt'of power'supply'and-irel1abilitY' '.' ,'.. ",
indices.": ...... '::, '.' .. , .. :'C:'.,
;,. '.'
._ andfrequencyfluctuation. ; c. ,'.... ., ". '..
.CreatlI1gcustomerawareness '; d."';;":'
Prompt -. >:', .". ';,;':'.
Overview of the Electricity Supply,codesofRegitlatoIy'
Commissions.
. ".;
. '. :
VIII
- .
IT Intervention: '. . . . '.', > . , .
(i) Familiarisation with iiis'tribo.t[on,suftWatePaekages;and
latest software tools andusethereofforbilling and
6

.. ... "
(iii)
(iv)
338 THE GAZETrE ()F,INDIA :-EXTRAORDINARY
revenue realisation, GIS mapping and Consumer
indexing, Inventory control, keeping;track of
equipmentsfaihp'e rate, quick fault location,
attendance, staffsalary,Energy aIld
. MIS, etc..
(ii)' and distribution
automation.
Customercarean<i call centres..
Enterprise resource planning-
(a) Maintenance Management.
(b)'Asset Management' .
(c) TraihingManagement .
. (d) Financial Accounting . I. '.'_
(e}Material Management
(f) Outage Management
(g) Time Management
IX Rural Electrification:,
"(i) of distribution activities, appointment of .
franchisees andselfload
Gram Panchayats. . . . . . ' ...
(ii) ofcomplaiI;ltce.ntresand fault
etc.; by Village Panchayats, etc. '..'.,.
(iii) Separation of rural and urban supply system
(iv). Fixation ofresponsibility for energy receipt and supply
balance. .. ./' . '" ... ' .
(v) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran yojaria..
.(vi) .. Distributed generation. . '.'
X Project Management: Contracts:
(i) . Contract basics and tenninology," ;>'
(ii) . Qualification - requirement, pre-qualification _...
(iii) Bids - technical and commercial. .
(iv). Vendors - qualification, development
. (v) Notice Inviting Inviting
Quotations(NIQ) . .. .'. '.
(vi) Preparation ofbid documents, tendering! bidding
(vii) Bid opening and evaluation, award of contracts,
monitoring '.. .
(viii) guarantee/ warranty
(ix)' Contractual problems and sohitions.. . . - . c .... .
(x) Revisiop orcost time
overrun and substitute items ". .. . ..
(xi) Handling!takingover procedure,s,cl()singof contracts
(xii) Legal issues of contracts (ind arbitration" . '. .
(xiii) CyCJ3uidelines. ""
XI Disaster Management:
. (i) . Institutional set-up for disaster management
(ii) . Impact types, of pisa,sters
:"..."
3
3
3
['tilT. 4] 339
(iii) Trigger mechanism and warning ,system
(iv) Check list and preparedness to address disasters.
.. (v)
: ...
XII Electrical Safety Aspects:
.,: ,..
6
(i)
(v)
(iv)
(vi)
. .....
'; ..
Basic principles of safety, importance of safety rules
. and their observance.
(ii) '.' List of safety equipment, their use and maintenance
thereof. .' '.
(iii) Pennit procedure- selfpennit,'penniton phone arid,"
procedures to be observed.' .' .
Electric shock, safety and procedure for recovery/
resuscitation. O' ,.- ,"
Causes of accidents, safe working procedUres to avoid ..
accidents.
.Principle and causes of fIre,and precautions to be taken' .
to avoidnres. '
';
" ...,'.::
XIII
Field Visits and On':'Job Training':
(i) Familiarisation with layout of sub.:.stations and"
equipmerits '.
(ii) . Operational aspects of equipments/ systems and ';.:' -
synchronization '
(iii) Line/ feeder connections, protectionschenies,'loadirtg ..
..... :.
aspects,balaneirtg of loads
(iv) . Planning shiftbperations. ' ..
(v) Maintenance schedules, ..' . " .'
(vi) Proceduresfor pennitto workJ line'Cleat " :";.
(vii) Testing lab facilities, testing and commissiomng:" ,.
(viii) Maintenance QfLog B60ks/'histc>tyrecordsaIld
adherence to the timely recording. ..,.,
) (ix) Familiariiation with'ITtools. !.
/."
60
Tatar" 120H6urs
:'::'4 Weeks
. .
,
." ",
", . f
: ' , -.: ',", ..
. .... : ." .
," . .... . . ... - . ..'"
._ :;. '"1>.- .
'/'
\ .
::." .. ,-: .'.j'" ,'T .'",.
.. ..' "; "":.
. . .. . . .
. .
. ..,
ftR&USlFliJJl'moJINIOldSmfGM;EDmaBg
i
iWEU1I'10N"AND .

'JItem, .. }P..atficlilar-s,. . . Nlimber .
:No. . . ",,'" .' .
11 <c ,:2 ,,3

iI 3 .

((ii<) <0rganisationlIPo.wer:Seotor;set4up,kilildia". "
.... .
i{iM)mrivateJRatiicipaul>ncin'istribution...
I{.\ ':l"Ii'''';:L . '1b..;;r, . ' . :T_':.I:
",,'Ji, ;' .
)11 . . '.' .... ,. .' .' ..
(il) V,
'lines
;and(Glitiles:antl<cms5ings'SUCh"8siro-aii,;rail"fay"r,iv:er<and : .. ,
.. " '.', '.. , ..

ihandliqg,of!thetS8nle.. ,.. . '.. '... .....
i(iii) .. '.
. ,: '" ".
.; ".
,,'.
. '.' .
i{:V:} Types,df;st.,iitslmatkfu&tgoutiJ!g;,stfl;yiinstilator, ,.'
bindiqg,tetc. ',. '.: .... .. " ..' __ ".. ,'.
\(vr) .
",' '..,,';,.'
...
'wire,.,anii..'lllitribingidevices:and'danger:boards,andtheir
';erection.
:' ;';and .ifixing ;df ,centrol .devices, ;,Viz. nang
:c;,,:,i;.'Operating ifuses, lsdlators ,anti ;earthiJ1,g

;(i-x) ;1nstallation!ofserViceJ1ines.
:(,i)'Street
:(xi') lLine,meggeriqg:and,cromniissioningioPdistribtitioD'lines.'



.
(xiii:)fNfaintenaneerF.-&P;and:'safeto/dle:vmes,ffihermowision
'scanriillg,lhdt'spots.,:etc.
i(xi:v.)\Hot:linetmaintenanc.e.
fIll, .' iElectrlc:Sub-"Stations
:(i). mype,:site:sdiection..
. !requirementS.
9 .
..
.
' ..' .... :..... '; .,";." ... :, ..-'.. .' '.
341 '.:'
: ..
:-' ... :...
':
:' .."
(v)
:equipment, viz, .
transformers,' circuit-breakers, isolator, lightning .
arrestOrs, dTs,
(iii) Types oftransfonners,their
mainfenanc.e, protedionand failure.: ""
(iv) .Auxiliary systems, viz. DOset, '., battery systemand:::' .'. ;. '. '
firdighting.systetri, etc. .,j:need,fritiCtibns; .. ' ". '" '.'
commissioning " <,
Control panels,meters; fudicators, re'corders'aild relays;' " ...
etc. - operation; maintenance and, recording readings; , ..
etc.
(vi) Control and power cables :-. types, laying of and
jointing.' . . ;.. : >. < <" ..- '.. ;
(vii) Installation ,openitiortartdrii,HntenaIice of all"
equipments.
(viii) Cooling and drying outoftransformers, ttansfonrtet:,'" ,<,.
. oil and itsJesting. "', ';,., "
(ix) ErectionofDP structUre fOf:tiansfOimer;" .. , . '.
(x) .HighVoltage Distribution System (HVDS) '-"eredion
.. and connecting the Consumers. .
(xi) < Suo-stationeaithing,equipmenfearthiIig'and" ' ' .
Consumer's eartning,and; USe 'Of Meggerandpibcedure
andmaterials for improving quality ofearth resistance:' ' .', .,
(xii) Fire fighting equipmeht; 'their:t)'Pe; 'use' arid;periodicaF', .; ...
maintenance, indicatorsandrecoiders and 'etC> ;" .,', .'
:
IV MeteringRequirements:" . ", 'i'; 3
(i). Type ofmetering, viz.DTmeteringJeeder meterin.!f .... " f "
. and Consumer metering. .,""".;,., '.
(ii) .Regulations oil installatioftofIIleters:and technical: ..... ,...'
standards,' . ':;'. . .., .,' .' . :.' y ,
(iii) . Meter tYPes, their settings'and operation; testing 'arid y ";.
sealing.",;,,;,
(iv) Computerised billing.: .. " '
v
: .,.'
Concept ofLo,ses andLoss Reduction Measures:...
(i) ,ConcepLof AT&C:losses. -' .. '. , .
(ii) . Detection of thefts, tampering, unauthorized loads.
(iii); Anti-thefhneasuresand
.':,.:-, '
;;'::.,
3:
,..
. VI '; 'R.e1iabilityissues,Quality ofPower SupplY,Customer
Awareness'and:Satisfaction:
(i) Introduction,to-teliability,aIid'qualityofpowetsupply:; .
. (ii)Causes andcures'for,breakdowns,trippingand voltage
and frequency'fluctuatio.n, : ..' - . .
(iii) Prompt attentiontofaults and
.
3
".
;: - ;:":. .:
'./,". ':,;:: ...'.;, ::.'.
VII .ElectricalSafetyAspects:
(i)' . BasiC principles'of safety;importartc&ofsafetyTules;
andtheirobservance.. '
-12' .
._---------------'--,--- ..
. 342
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
TI-iE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
List of safety equipment, their and maintenance
thereof. ,. .
. Pennit procedure- selfpennit, pennitonphone and
procedures to be observed. . . .
Electric shock, safety and procedure for recoveryl
. resuscitation.
Causes of accidents, safe working procedures to avoid
accidents. . . .. . ...
Principle and ca1Jses of fIre, alld to be taken .
to avoid fIres. . ..
[PART 4]
VIII Rural" ElectrifIcation:
(i) Separation of rural and urban supply systems. ...
(ii) Rajiv Garidhi Graineen .Vidyutikaran Yojana.
IX Disaster Management:
(i) Impact of different types of disasters..
(ii) Check list and preparedness to address disasters.
. (iii) Fit:st aid techniques. .
3
3
").
x Field Visits and On Job Training:.
(i) Familiarisation with layout of sub-stations and
equipments. . .
(ii) Operational aspects of and' _
synchronization. . .. . . .
(iii) Line/feeder connections, protection schemes,loading
aspects, balancing of loads.
(iv) . Adherence shift system.
(v) Maintenanceschedules.
(vi) Procedures for pennit to work/line Clear.
(vii) Testing lab facilities, testing and commissioPing.
(viii) Safety aspects and safety drill.' ..
_(ix) Hot line maintenance.
(x) Maintenance of Log-Books/ history records and
adherence to the timely recording. .
. (xi). Familiarisation with Tools and flants (T&P).
(xii)' Familiarisation' with ITtools.
60
ij .
. Total .. 108 Hours
=4
Schedule-III
Jiandliug of electric supply lines and apparatus
(See sub-regulation (3) of regulation (19)]
.Precautions to be observed
.... (n Rotiine Maintenance traim:u personnel only are designated to do work on line.
(2) Work pennit will be taken from the tenninal substations at each endef the line.
(3) Work shall be p'erfonned with proper planning and prior and
clarity.. - .
.
343
,.
...
. J
or
r
,
:"5
(4) Favourable climatic condition for hotline operations is sUnny weather. Ifthe
weather forecasts rain or thunderstorms work will not begin.
(5) Organisation of work shall be discussed among the members and responsibility .
of each team member fixed.
(6) Before going to fhework site all equipment and tools shall be, inspected and
checke,d for correct operation. .
(7) Auto re:.ciosure shall be in 'OFF' for theline at both ends.
(8) The work procedure shall be discussed with the team member at the tower
location and the responsibility of each member shall be properly defined. .
(9) The land in close vicinity to the tower shall be cleared to provide a site area for
the required tools.
(10) All.cleaned hot sticks, strain carrier and other assemblies shall be kept on the
hotline tool rackto avoid ground contact.
(11) Wear helmet, safety shoes and safety belt shall compulsorily be used.
(12) All hot sticks and ladders shall be cleaned and checked for integrity by the hot.
sticks Tester.
. .
(13) .All linemen in the hotline team shall be equipped with personal protective
equipment during the work. .
(14) No live-line team members on the tower and shall wear any metallic
chain, wristwatch' or ringto avoid any currerit. .
(15) The team linemenwill wear conductive socks; boots, helmets and ha:nd gloves.
The, 'hot-end' lineman shall wear complete bare hand suit.
(16) Tarpaulin sheet should be laid onthe work area. .
. (1,)) A light vehicle shall be kept nearbyduring entire \york period.
. Tools normally required for hot line maintenance operation: ..
The followil1g tools conforming to relevant Indian Standard or equivalent specifications
shall be used,in working. .
.(1) Wire tongs
(2)' Wire tongs saddle
(3) Tie sticks
(4) Strain link sticks
(5) Roller link sticks
(6) Suspensionlink stich
(7)' Auxiliary arms
(8) Strain carrier
(9) Gin poles
(to)
(II) Safety equipment like condudor guards, X-arm guards, insulator hand
gloves etc.' .'. . . .'
(12) Hot sticks . .
i..
THE, .'
"Safe Workiil{!Dlstance;: '
'.
...... :.
: .'. I... '
, ,The be'
'. '" ." . .. ..' .. ':,'
, ,Phase to Phase
kV
11'
33
66
, :110',
132
,;22,0'
400
, S.afeCleara.n,ce,
Meter
0.61
0.71
0.9'1
1;02; .... ",'
1.07
L52,. ."'.;
2.13
. # .'.
...... '
. '.,.',
. . ' .. :
:".:
. '. " .'
'.1 ...
" ... ::: .... :
.<
'.
..
. I .
i .
'.,;,
, Schedule-IV
.' "
. : . .
: : .
.:::: ::..':; :;..."'. ' ..
.",:.
. I ;'
" ..:.
.. : ...';.
:.:'::-< ., .. "
LoadiuKW
.. "; ': ..' .; :: :..:..... '
'. ,.
(i) Light Points
(ii) Points .
(iii) PlugPoints '. ; ,- "', .
State type of wiring whether casing capping, lead covered, ofteak wood-batten,
concealed conduit, Tough Rubber Sheathed and any other type;' ' ..' ,
Other equipments (complete details to l;>e furnished): ',..
(I')
;\:,
(ii)
{al
(b)
'.' ':. '.' .... ,', ..... ,...FORMJ.. , ... ,."., .',:, .. ,,, .. ,. .
. ,up:to'
\: :" :::: ..' ".:' ". ... " < .'. .... :...., .. . . . .
. _. Date'ofInspection
Date ofLast inspection _--'-_---,----,- _
1. ' ". ,' .
. 2. Voltage and system of supply:
(i)' Volts.' ":' .. ,
(ii) No. of Phases'_" _
,(-iii) :.' ACiDC---"--'_-'--' "'----:.'-'--
Type of wiring
Name of the consumer,or owner .,---_
Address of the consumer or owner ---,-,___--'-'--'---'--'--
Location of the premis'es __. '--,-,-----,--,"
Particulars ofthe installations:

. Number
Forms onnspection Report .. ',
'[See"sub"reguhition (3} of regillanoliJ30)l. ":'
. ..; ...: :.( ..: : '.' , .

4.
. ,5.
6.
7.
Total cO,l111ected load in KW

Maximum current demand in Amps

(on the basis of total connected load) .
(e) Generators details i.e. Make, S. No, KVA rating and Voltage:
(i)
(ii)
-/.
[qpy 4] 345 .
. General c'onditions of the installation:
Are the live parts in accessible position? YeslNo
.Whether. suitable cut-outs provided by the YeslNo,
SUPPlier atthe consumer's premises are within
enclosed fire proofreceptacle?
Give report on condition of service lines, SatisfactorylNot
cables, wires, apparatus and such other fittings Satisfactory
placed by the supplier or owner of the'
, premises. If not st'.tisfactory give details.
YeslNo
SatisfactorylNot
.Satisfactory
! Report
SatisfactorylNot
Satisfactory
temporary YeslNo
Requirements
(i) Is/Are there any visible sign(s) of
overloading in respect of any apparatus
wiring?
(ii) Condition of flexible sockets,
switches, plug-pins, cut-outs and hunp
holders and such other fittings.
(iii) General conditton ofwirirtg.
(iv) Whether any unauthorised
installation exist?
(v) State if sockets are controlled by individual YeslNo
switches.
(vi) Any other defect or condition which may YeslNo
be a: source of danger. If yes give details.
.(i) State if earthed terminal is provided by the YeslNo
supplier.
(ii) Have three pin plugs been provided for YeslNo
plug points? '. . . .
(iii) General condition of the eart.hing SatisfactorylNot
arrangement. ; . . '. Satisfactory
(i) State if switches are provided on live YeslNo
conductors.
. (ii) State if indication of a permanent nature is YeslNo
provided as' per Regulation so as to
distinguish neutral from the live
conductor.
(iii) Whether' ,a (iiteet line is provided on the YeslN0
neutral in the case' of single phase' double
.. pole iron clad switches instead of fuse?
. Regulation-
12 )
S1. Regulation
No. Nos.
10.' Regulati,on-
14
9. Regulation-
13
11. Regulation-
15
13. Regulation:. .
17
12. Regulation-
16
...
,f;
(,
14. Regulation-
3_4 "_
15. Regulation-
35
Leakage on premi$es:
State insulation resistance between conductors ----- M Ohms
and earth in Mega Ohms.
(i) State if linked switches of requisite capacity Yes/No
are provided near the point of
commencement of supply.' .
(ii) State if the wiring is divided in suitable YeslNo
nUlllbet of circuits and each such circuit is
protected by suitable cut-out. ,.
3747 G1I10-44
346
16. Regulation-
41
".-"," ..
. ", :;"- ...
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY
(iii) State if.supply to each motor or apparatus
. is controlled by suitable linked switch.
(i) Have the frames of every generator,
stationary motor and so far' as practicable
portable motor and the metallic parts (not
intended . as conductors) of' all other
apparatus used for regulating* or
controlling dectriCity been earthed by two
separate and distinct connections with
earth ?
(ii) Is the earth wire. free from mechanical
'damage?
(iii) In the case of conduit; or lead covered
"Yiring, has the conduit or lead-cover been
efficiently earthed?
(iv) If the consumer has his own earth-
electrode, state .if. it is properly executed
and has been tested. If yes give value of
earth resistance.
. [PART III-SEC. 4]
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
Yes/No
- - ~ - - - - - Q b m s .
(
..~
17. Overhead
Lines (i) State if the consumer has any overhead YesINo
lines.
(ii) Does the overhead line near the premises Yes/No
of consumer meets the requirement of
regulation '58, 60.' and 61? If not, give
details. -
(iii). 18\ guarding provided for ovet:head lines Yes/No
. . at road crossings?' .
(iv.) Any other remarks.
. ~ .
Date:
-,;.
Signature ofthe Inspecting Officer!
Name _' ---=----
Designation -'-- _
File No. _. _
Copy forWarded to Chief Electrical fuspector for : \ :."
* ,Not applicable to isolated wall tubes or to brackets, etectroliers, switches, ceiling fans
and such other fittings' (other' than: portable hand lamps and transportable apparatus)
unless provided with earth terniihal.
[mtT 4] 347
FORM II
(Installations of voltage level more than 250V up toand including 650V)
___--,._. (iii). ACmC
Report No. Date of Inspection _
Date of last Inspection. ..:...----
1. Consumer No.
-----..,---..,-----
2.' Voltage and system of supply:
(i) Volts' (ii) No. of Phases
3. Name of the consumer or owner
-.....;...----------
4. Address of the consumer or owner
----------'----'---
S. Location of the premises -:-- --=---.......:-__
6. Particulars of the installations
(a) Motors:
I Make INo, I_H--,--,P_,_ ........
.I (i)

(ii)__,.-- "_____
..
(b). Other equipment (complete details to be furnished):
(i)
(ii):-------------------------
Total connected load h.p./KVA
(c) Generators details i.e. Make, S. No, KVA rating andVoltage:
(i)----'" ----------
(ii) --------'-----------__-
General condition of the installation:
S1. Regulation
No. Nos.
7. Regulation-3
8. Regulation-

12
Give report. on condition of service .lines, Sat'
cables, wires, and such other fittings S'
placed by the supplier or . owner of the
premises. If not satisfactory give details.
9. Regulation-
13
Requirements
Is the register of designated persons properly
made and kept up to date duly attested ?
(i) Is/Are tbereany visible. sign(s) of
overloading "in respect of any apparatus
wiring?
(ii) Whether any unauthorised temporary
installation exist?
. .
(iii) Are the electric supply lines and apparatus
so installed, protected, worked and
maintained as to prevent danger?
(iv) Any other general remarks.
Report
YeslNo
.",
. YeslNo
..
,
,
YeslNo
YesfNo
,
-
,_.. ... __...... ,.....--.. _T.--__,.,.. ____ 7';"" .".
/.
,
I
I I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
;' I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
1
i
1
I

[PART m-SEc. 4] THE GAZETIE OF : EXTRAORDINARY

.
10. .Regulation- Whether suitable cut-outs provided by the YesINo
14 supplier at the consumer's premises are within
<,
enclosed fire proofreceptacle?
11. Regulation- (i) Whether switches are provided on live YeslNo
15 conductors?.
(ii) Whether indication of a permanent nature YeslNo
is provided as per Regulation so. as to
distinguish neutral conductor from thelive ,
conductor?.
(iii) a direct line is provided on the YeslNo
neutral 'in the case of single phase double
pole iron clad switches instead of fuse?
,.
12. Regulation- (i) Whether earthed terminal is.provided by YeslNo
16 the supplier?
(ii) General visible condition of the earthing SatisfactorylNot
arrangement. Satisfactory
13. Regulation- (i) Are bare coriductors in bUilding .. YeslNo
17 inaccessible?
(ii) Whether readily accessible switches have YeslNo' .
been provided for rendering them dead?
14. Regulation:' Whether "Danger Notice" in' Hindi and the YeslNo
18 .local language of the district and of a design as
per relevant Indian Standard is affixed
..
per,manently in conspicuous .position?
15. Regulation- (i) Whether insulating floor or mats conforming YeslNo
19 . to IS-15652:2006 have been provided?
(ii) . Whether identification of panel has been- Yes/No
;
:..
provided on the front and the rear of the
panel?
16. Whether flexible cables used for portable or Yes/No
21 transportable equipment covered under the
Regulation, are heavily insulated . and
adequately protected frommechanical injury?
17. Regulation- State the condition of metallic .coverings SatisfactorylNot
22 provided for various conductors. Satisfactory
18. Regulation- Whether circuits or apparatus 'intended for Yes/No
24 operating at
..
different . voltage(s) are
distinguishable by means of indication(s) of
permanent nature?
19. Regulation- Whether all circuits and apparatus are so Yes/No
26
..
arranged that there is no ,danger of any partes)
-
becoming accidentally charged to any voltage
beyond the limits of voltage for which it/they
is/are intended?
;.
-
20. Regulation- (i) In the case of generating stations, whether Yes/No
27 fire-buckets filled with clean dry sand
have been conspicuously marked and kept
in convenient situations in addition to fire-
extinguishers suitable for dealing with
electric fires?
348.
.-. -_.- ...__.._--,---_.. _.. _--.. _.....-----_..
['Wi 4]
21. Regulation-
28
12. . Regulation-
34
23. Regulation-
35
24. .Regulation-
37
25. Regulation-.
41
(ii) Whether First Aid Boxes or cupboards YeslNo
conspicuously . marked. and .'properly
equipped are provided arid maintained?
(iii) Is .adequate staff trained in First Aid YeslNo
Treatment and fire fighting?
(i) Whether instructions in English or Hindi YeslNo
and the local language of the district and
where Hindi is the local language,< in
English and Hindi, for the resuscitation of
persons suffering from electric shock have
been affixed in a "conspicuous place" ?
(ii) Are the designated persons able to apply YeslNo
instructions for .of persons
suffering from electric shock?
Leakage on premises:
State insulation resistance between conductors ----- M Ohms
and earth in Mega Ohms.
(i) Whether a suitable linked switch, or circuit YeslNo
breaker IS placed near the point of
commencement of supply so as to be
readily accessible and capable of being
easily operated to completely isolate the
supply?
(ii) Whether every distinct circuit is protected YeslNo
against excess electricity by means of a
suitable circultbreaker or cut-out?
(iii) Whether suitable lillked switch or circuit YeslNo
breaker is provided near each motor or
apparatus for controlling supply to the
motor or apparatus?
(iv) Whether adequate precautions are taken to YeslNo
.ensure that live parts are so exposed as
to cause danger?
(i) Whether clear space of 100. cm is provided. VeslNo
. in front of the main switchboard?
(ii) Whether the space behind the switchboard YeslNo
exceeds 75cm in width or is less than 20
cm?
(iii) In case. the clear space behind the YeslNo
switchboard exceeds 75 cm. state whether
a passage way from either end of the .
switchboard to 'a height of 1.80 metres is
provided.
(i) Has neutral point at the transformer and YeslNo
generator been earthed by two separate.
and distincrtonnections with earth? ..
(ii) Have the frame of every generator, YeslNo
stationary'motor and so far as practicable
portable motor and the metallic parts (not
intended as conductors) of all transformers
and any other apparatus used for
349
:;-
......: . -, _._, . . -- - --" =-,.-::.:."""":-.-
Signature of the Inspectmg Officer
Name
-------'----
350
26.
27..
Date:
Regulation-
45
Overhead
Lines
- -rnEGAZEITE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
regulating or controlling electricity and all
apparatus conswning electricity at voltage
exceedirig 250V but not exceeding 650V
been earthed by two separate and distinct
connections with earth?
(iii) Have the metal casings or - metallic
coverings containing or protecting any
electric supply line or apparatus-been
properly earthed and so joined and
connected across all junction boxes as to
make good- mechanical and electrical
connection?
(iv) Whether the earth-electrode is
properly executed and has been tested. If
- yes, give value of earth resistance?
(v) Is the earth wire free from any mechanical
damage? -.
Have the protections and interlocks for the
generating units been provided. If not, give
details?
(i) State if the conswner has any overhead
lines.
(ii) Does the overhead line near the prezl:rises
of conswner meets the requirement of
regulations 58, 60 and 61 ? If not, give
details. .
(iii) Is guarding provided for overhead lines
at road crossings? -\.
-(iv) -Any other remarks.
[PART m..,-SOC. 4] -
YeslNo
YeslNo
------- Ohms._
YeslNo
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
YeslNo
(
-.
Designation --,
File No.
--------
Copy forwarded to Chief Electrical Inspector for .- ..
-.,
I
I
I
j
I
!
I
j
I
i
.. -.. _- ----..... -- -. --- --
351
FORM III
( Installations of voltage exceeding 650V )
Report No. Date ofInspection .
Date of Last inspection __-'--...,......_---:__
Sl. Regulation.
No. 'Nos
Requirements. Report "
1. Regulation-3 Is the register of the. designated persons Yes/No
properly made and kept up' to . duly
attested?
---- ---
.------
2.' Regulation-
12
(i) Is/Are there. any visible sigh(s) of Yes/No
overloading in respect ofimy apparatus?'
(ii) Whether any unauthorised' temp9rary Yes/No
. installation exist? '
(iii) Whether the motors and .controlling YeslNo
equipment are being over hauled
. periodically and recgrdkept of the same in
a register?
(iv) Whether the transformer oil samples are Yes/No
being tested periodically' and results
recorded in aregister?
(v) Whether suitable lightning arrestors have YeslNo
been provided near the transformers for
protection against lightning?
(vi) Whether earth tesistance is being YeslNo
measured periodically and results recorded
in a register?
(vii) Any other defect or condition which may YeslNo
be a source .of' danger. If Yes \ please
explain?
(viii) Whether operation and maiiltenance YeslNo
data has been clarified, categorized and
.computerized for . prompt and easy
retrieval? .
. (ix)' Whether predictive maintenance is. being YeslNo'
.performed. for . installation . of voltage
exceeding_650V?
(x) Whether residual life assessment and life YeslNo
extension programmes are being
undertaken for installations or
ofvoltage exceeding 650V (applicable for
installations or equipment more than 15
years old)? .
(xi) Whether all required type. arid routine tests at YeslNo
.factorydone for equipments. Deficiencies and
Discrepancies in above test report and results,
if any, shall be reported?
(xii) Are there deficiencies in, construction with YeslNo
L-,-_-'- _
.....
. ..=".
I
I
r
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
building YeslNo
352
..-- _.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Regulation-
13
Regulation-
14
Regulation-
15'
.Regulation-:-
16
Regulation-
17
Regulation-
18
Regulation-
19
Regulation":
21
Regulation-
22
Regulation-
24
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
reference to Indian Standard requirements:
Please specify.
Give report on condition of service lines,
cables,' wires, apparatus and such other fittings.
placed by the supplier or owner of the
premises. if not satisfactory give details.
Whethersuitablecut:..outs provided by the
,supplier at the consumer's premises",are within
enClosed fire proof receptacle?
(i) Whether switches are" provided on live
conductors?. '
(ii) Whether indication of a permaneJ.?t nature
is provided' as per Regulation so as to
distinguishneutral conductor from the live
conductor?.
(iii) Whether a direct line is, provided on' the
neutral in the case of single phase double
pole iron clad switches instead of fuse?
(i) Whether earthed' terminal is provided by
" the supplier?
(ii) General visible condition of the earthing
,arrangement
(i) Are bare conductors in
, inaccessible?
(ii) Whethet readily accessible switches have
been provided for rendering them dead? '
Whether "Danger Notice'" in Hindi and the
local language of the district and of a design as
per relevant Indian', Standard IS affixed
permanently in conspicuous position?
(i) Whether ,the practice of working on live
"iites and apparatus is 'adopted ?Ifso, have
the safety measure been adopted as per
Schedule-III?
, (ii) Whether insulating floor '. or mats
-conforming to,IS-15652:2006,have been
provided?
14. '(iii) Whether identification of panel has
been provided on the front and the rear of
the panel?' ,
Whether flexible cables used for portable or
transportable equipment covered tinder th.e
Regulation, are' heavily insulated and
adequately protected from mechanical' injury?.
State \ the 'condition of metallic coverings
,provided for various conductors.
Whether the circuits or apparatus intended for
operating at voltage(s) are
distinguishable by means of indication(s) of
permanent nature?
[PART m-SEC. 4]
SatisfactorylNot
Satisfactory
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo

Satisfactory
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YesINo
YeslNo
YeslNo
SatisfactorylNot
Satisfactofy
YeslNo
.._---_.__.
--..---- _._-- ..._....
, ,
I
i
I
j
I
!
I
J
i
.J
I
,
I
f,
c
/
['WI 4]
13. Regulation-
26
14. Regulation-
27
15, Regulation-
28
16.
34
" 17.' Regulation.:. ,
35
3747 GI/10-45
'Whether all circuits and, apparatus are so 'YeslNo
arranged that there is no danger of any'part(s)
becoming accidentally charged to any voltage
beyond the limIts 'of voltage fOfwhichitlthey
ishiie intended? '
(i) In the case of generating stations-and Yes/No
enclosed sub stations; whetherfire.;.buckets
filled with clean 'dry sand have' been
conspicuously ,marked' and ,kept in
convenient situations in addition to; fire- ,
extingUisherS suitable for 'dealing' with
electric fires? '-
(ii) Whether First Aid BoJees ;or cupboards YesIN9
conspicuously inarkeg and '" properly
equipped are provided and' maintained?.
(iii) Is adequate staff trained' in First .'Aid "YesINo
, Treatment and fire fighting?
(i) Whether instructions in: English or:
and the local language of the district- and:
, where Hindi is the local language, in
English: and Hindi, for the resuscitiiionof
persons suffering ,from electric shockhave
been affixed in a "conspicuous place" ?
(ii) Are, the designated 'persons able' to apply YeslNo
instructions for resuscitation of persons
suffering from el,ectric shock? '
Leakage on premises:.
State insulation resistance between conductors----- MOhms
and earth irtMega Ohms. ' -.........
(i) - Whether a suitable linked switch, or circuit YesINo
'breaker, or emergency tripping device is
"placed near the point of commencement of
supply,so as to be readily accessible and
capable of being easily operated to
completely isolate the 'supply? ' '
(ii) Whethen suitable linked switch or a circuit YesINo
breaker to mlITY' and break the fuli load ' "
current on the secondary, side of' a
transformer?
(iii) Whether every distinct circuit
'against excess electricity by means of'a
suitable circuitbreaker or out-out1
(iv) Whether linked switch or circuit breaker or ,YeslNo
'emergency tripping device IS provided
near theinotor or other apparatus at
vpltage exceeding 650Vbtlt,not exceeding YeslNo
33kV for controlling supply to: the motor
or apparatus? '
(v) Whether adequate precautions are taken to
ensure that no live parts are so exposed as,
to cause danger? ' -
,353
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
354 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY
.. '-:,"-".' - -
.i
!
18..
19.
2Q.
21.

37

44

45
.'
48
(i) Whether clear space of 100 cm is provided. YeslNo
in front of the main switchboard?
(ii). Whether the space behind the switchboard YeslNo
exceeds 75 em in width or is less than 20
em? .
(iii) . In case the clear' space behind the- YeslNo
switchboard exceeds 75 cm. State whether
a passage way from either end of the
switchboard to a height of 1.80 meters is
prcrvi(jed.
(i) Whether all conductors and apparatus YeslNo
including live parts thereof are
inaccessible?
(Ii) Whethetall windings-of motors oI-other. YeslNo
apparatus are suitably protected?
(iii) State iIi case oftransfortners OF reactors or YeslNo
switches Of static condensers involving the
use of more' than 2,000 litres of oil in one
chamber, if suitable .0P soak pits are
provided?
(iv) Where 9,000 litresor more ofoil1s used in YesfNo
anyone oil tank, has provision, been made
for draining away or removal of oil which
may leak or escape from such tank(s)?
(v). Whether. trenches inside sub:"station YeslNo
are filled with non-
inflammable' material or completely
coveredwith non- inflammable slabs?
(vi) Are conductors and apparatus so arringed YeslNo
that they. may be made dead in sections
fot carrying Ollt work thereon? .
Whether protections and ,interIockshave been Yes/No
provided? Ifnot, give details..
(i) Have the fr!lmes of eveI)" generator, YeslNo
stationary motor, and sQ far as practicable
portable motor and' metalli<: parts not
intended as conductors of all transformers
and. any other' apparatus used for
regulating or controlling electricity and all
electricity consuming- voltage
exceeding 650V but not 33kV
been earthed by two separate and distinct
connections with earth ? .
(ii) Is the earth wire free from any mechanical YeslNc
damage? .
(iii) Hasthe neutral point atthe transformer and YeslNo,
generator been earthed' by two separate
and- distinct connectIons with" earth?
'(iv) Have the . or metallic YeslNo
.coverings containing or protecting any
electric supply liiie' or apparatus been
(
p"
j
['WI 4] . 355
23 .. Regulation-
50
24. Regulation-
S.! .
22; . Regulation-
49
l
YeslNo
YeslNo
-----OlllTIS
YeslNo
Size of
Conductor ---
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
YeslNo
". '.-
.YeslNo .
(i) platform type .construction is used
for pole .type sub-station, has sufficient
space for a man' to stand on the platform
been provided?
(ii) Has hand-rail been provided arid connected
wi!h earth (if metallic and if sub-station
has not I,eenerected on wooden supports
ahdwooden platefonn)?
properly earthed and so joined and
- connected across all junction boxes as to
make good mechanical ana electrical
connections throughout their whole
length? .
(v) Whether earthing' has been properly
executed and has been tested, If yes, give
value of earth resistance..
Has suitable provision been made for
immediate and automatic or manual discharge
of every static on of
supply?
(i) What is the minimum size of the conductors
of overhead lines used? State the type of
conductors.
(ii) Whether clearances above ground. of the
lowest conductor of overhead.lines are as
. per regulation 58?
(iii) On the basis of maximum sag, Whether
vertical clearances where the line of
voltage exceeding 650V passes above or
adjacent to any building or part of a
building are as per tegulation61?
(iv) On the basis of maximum deflection due
to wind pressure, whether horizontal' -
clearances between the nearest conductor
and any part of building are as per
'regulation61? ." I. .
(v) Where conductors formin'g parts 'of system
at different voltages are erected: on the
same supports, whether adequate provision
. has been' made as per regulation 62 to
guard danger to linemen and others
from the lower voltage system being
.charged above its normal workirig voltage
by leakage from or contact with the higher
voltage system? .. ..
(vi) Where' overhead lines cf9sS or are in
proximity to each other whether they have
Is the outdoor (except pole type) sub-station
efficiently proteCted by fencing not less than
.1. 8 metres in height?
Overhead'
Lines
25
'J.
;
,
THE'GAZElTE'OF INDIA,: ,EXTRAORDINARY [PART IU---'SEC.4]
Date:- .

been.suitablyprotected to guard against
possibility oftheir ,coming in contact with
,'eachoOtheras,peuegulation 69? >-
(vii) Has every'guard ,wire, been --properly YesINo
earthed,as per regulation 70 at each point-
,8twhic.h.; its electrical continUity is'
broken?, , '
(viii)(a) 'Whethermetafsupports of overhead YeslNo,
lines_ and<metallic Jittingsattachedthereto
earthed -as per regulation
72? ,',
(b}Haseachstay-wire (except in,case YeslNo
where an insulator hasbeen.placed oin it at
a height not less thari 3 meters from the
ground) been earthed as per .regulation
721 '
(ix)(4) Whether overhead line is suitably YeslNo
protected-with'. a device for rendering ,the
line ..electrically ,harrnlessin ,case it breaks
as,perregulation 737
'(b), .Whether anti.-climbing devices have YeslNo
been, ;provided at each, support as per
regUlation 73? ' ,
"(X),'(a)i}{as4he, owner Qfoverhead lines adopted Yes/No
for, diverting ,to earth,. any
'electrical ',surges' due to,.lightning in every
overhea_d line which is so exposed as to be
JiableAo,.'injuryf'I:om lightning_as per
74? ' " '
'(b.); Whether earth ,lead from tb,e, ,lightning YeslNo
.arrestoIS,,;is connected to a separate earth
electrode' as per,regulation 74? . -
(xi) Whether unused overhead lines are yeslNo
majntained ina safe mechanical condition
as per regulation 751
.(xii), Whether, statutory clearances from' YeslNo
, Authorities Le. . Forest
DepartmentJRailways/ PTtClDefence
:(AHQ)/Civil :Aviation have been taken as
per ,standard. yes, enc1osecopies
o.f ;thesame. .
(xiilAny>otheriemarks.
Signature of the Inspecting' Officer/ '
Name __.....-
Designation .....;.... _
FileNo. .......,
CopyJOIWarded to Chief EleotricalInspectorfor '. :: ..
357
.
.Form forobtaining'resultS
consumer'
[See .'
Name and addressoitheconsumer
Details of installation
Short Circuit fault levelof the installation .
Date;ofcpmmissioningofinstallatioIi{i!l:case'ofadditionaLsu,pply;or'"
reconnection)
Results of tests conducted:
, .
..f:/
1.
2.
3.
4.
$,
,
.OKlnot;OK
OK/notOI<
,OKln:obOK '
. \
1
. 'Remarks '.

. "
'OWnQtiOK<
OWnot,OK:'
.. .
.. .

. 'Smooth/troublesome, .".
;.----:-----. Amp.'

Test ConduCted'
(i}Mechanicaloperation
(ii) Rating of fuse
(iii)Contact ofblades .
i) MechanicaLoperation.
ii) Remoteoperation
iii)
iv) Measurement;ofoontact
resistance
v), . Interlocking Withcearthtswitch".
vi) Interlockingwith:CB .
vii) IRValuys' .
Open condition
.. Closedcnndition
la Isolator
1. . Linked Switch
Withfuse(s) .
81 'Equipment
No
.
.(i'
2' Circuit,
'Breaker
StNo; ------
Circuit
areaker
Control
.Circuits
(1) . RatingofCircuifBreaker
(a) Type
(b) Voltage
(c) NormalCurrent
(d) Rupturing (:apacity
(2) IRValues
Open condition
Close condition
(3) Contact Resistance:
(4) Mechanicatoperation:
(5) Remote operation: .
(6) ,Local'operation:
(7) Interlocking'Y'ithiIs,olator:
(8)
(9) Alarm and Trip for
OTIIWTIIBuchholzJPRV
(10) Earth FaultRelay :
(11}Over,cUITentRelay: ..
.kV,.
..-:-..--Amps :

.. -------------M:Ohm', '...
"Ph;;Ph, <
. .. 1..... /
--.. ..znlcro-: OUIJI ;
,lnStantsmoothltirne .
.gap,(:sec;) ., ....
QKlnotiOK
:OK.lnottOK
OKtnotOK
;OK/nolOK
'OK/notOr<.
()KJtlot;(}K, .
1
\

I
I
i
I
I
358 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART II1-,-SEC. 4]
"
'.
(12) Under Voltage Relay: OK/not OK
(13) SF6 pressure ahmn and trip .OK/not OK
"
'.
operation test ..
.-
3 Transformer (A) Insulation
(
S1. No. ---- 1. HTto LT: olull
2. HT to Earth: -------,.------1vl ohm .
I
3. LT to Earth:
- ----- olull
I
(B) Break down Voltage Test
.' j
Oil Sample -I(ToP)
I
Oil Sample - II (Bottom) ----.---------kV
(C) Vector Group Test: . OK/not OK
I
(D) Polarity Tests: OK/notOK.
n
I
.' .
(E) Magnetizing Balance: OIS/notOK
I
(F) Tan Delta Test ( as per capacity) OK/not OK I
(0) Oil level ill conservator Tank: OK/not OK.

I
-- ..
(H) Oil level in breather cup:" OK/not OK
I
(1) OTIJWTI settings: AlT---- c AlT---.c
I
(1) OTI/\VTI alann and trip
OK/not OK ..
..
I
I
operation OK/not OK
!
I
(K) Operation ofBuchholz relay: .OK/not OK
,
(L) Operation ofPRV OK/not OK
I
(1vl) Oil leakage OK/not OK
I
I
(N) Interlock of door for dry'
transformer
I
.' 1
,
(0) Clearances for'
I
I
Side :
I
Between two Transformers:(P) Body ----------,Ohm'
I
/' .
earth resistance
Neutral earth resistance N
2
---Ohm
i
4 DG'Set (A) Interlocking with other Supply OK/not OK
-
SI. Nos. for Sources:
1. Alternator: (B) Body-earthresistance
Ohm
,
I
2. Engine: Neutral earth resistance 'Ni:--Ohm "
..

I

.--
I
I
5 Cables (A) Insulation.Resistance Values: .
!
I
Size: Sq. rn,m 1. Ph- Ph: ------.,-- MOhm
I
., I
2. : ',.--------M'0hm'
I
I
I
3. Ph - Earth +other Ph : . Ohm I
(B) Bending Radius: OK/notOl<
I

I
-
I
'6 Earthing' : A) Metal and Size of
. '.
Cu/Al/GI ---Sq. mm
-
I
,
Earth Strips:
;
\
B) Type of Earthings: . Yes/No
"
(1) Plate Earthing: Yes/No
I
."
;::;.
..
(2) Pipe Earthing: Yes/No
(3) Counter poise Earthing .,
(C) Value's of Earth resistances of N1 ----ohmN2 ----ohm
,
- . ' __' __'_" " __'
..__

I
, earth electrodes for
(R) ---ohm(Y) ---ohm'
(1) Reactor Neutral:,
(B) ----ohm
(2) LAs:
' ,

,' ----MOO-ohm
(3). Structure:
' ,
,
(4) of ----;..,--ohm
Equipment:
,(5) Motors:
7 Potential (i) Ratio test
OK/not OK
Transfonner (ii) Polarity test ,OK/not OK
-
(iii) BDVofoil
----------kV
(iv) IR test
(R) P-E----.,--M Ohm
(Y) P-E--;.----M Ohm
(B) Ohm
8. '
,Current
(i) Ratio test
OK/not OK
Transfonner (n) .
Polari'tY-lest
OK/not OK
(iii) , BDVofoil
" V'
(iv) IRtest
(R) P-E-------M Ohm
"
(Y) P.E-------M Ohm '
(B) Ohm
9. Transmission (i) Physical condition of ,OKlnotOK
line
conductor/tower
(ii)
Check of tower accessories OK/notOl(
..
,
,
(iii) .Tower footing resistance
'----..-----Onm '
(iv)
cQntinuity test
QK/notOK
(v)
Check of ground clearance OK/not OK
(vi) 'Check ofelectrical
OK/not OK
along the route
,
..
'General Observations :
SI.No. Item Observations
1. Check of required phase to phase, phase to ground and

,sectional clearance. '
:
2. Check of equipment layout and over all instil1lation '
details.
3. Test of resistance of earth In:at or earth electrodes as
applicable.
4. 'Check,of consumer's pre-commissioning test reports
-of individual equipment. ,
'-
.. .. ..
5. Check of manufacturer's routine/type test reports of
individual equipment: ' '
'6. Whether Inspector's approval if applicable is obtained?
... -,
_..
. .. __. -.. - . _.. _.- . .... _.
' ..
- _._.. -- ....... - -_....-
TIlEGAZEITE OF INDIA :',EXTRAORDINARY
7 sselfcertification about compliance
'with,the-Regulations:is,obtained?
[PART III-SEC. 4]
'8. "Generatobservation;andviews{specificdeviationfrom
, ;the,requirementsoftheRegulations shallbe:clearly

, Name, Signature and SealoftheAuthority
Schedule-VI
Formfor notice in respectorfailure of supply
[S,ee:sub"reglliation ,
(1). Nameand:address,ofthe supplier
(2) Date!an:dtimeoffailure ofsupply
(3) Areas!affecteddueto failure
(4) 'Causes'offailure,
(5). 'Probable,time fOitestoration ofsupply
(6) Ad'ditionalinfonnation; if:any . '
\
Date:
I
J
, I
Place:
Time:
// (Name, Signature; Designation
and Se!llofAilthoity)
__ ' ' __... _........ _
4]
361-

f .-
Schedule-VIt
Minimumsafety working clearances electricity at voltage exceeding 650 V
is' converted, transformed or used .
. .
[Seesub<regtllation (44)] ,.
Highest System'Voltage (kV).
12
36
72.5
i45
.245
420
800
Safety Working Clearance (Metres)
2;6
2.8
3.1
3.7
. 4.3 "
6.4
loa
...
,
}
(1) The above values are valid for altitude 'not exceeding 1000 m. A correction
factor ofl.25 pet cent per 100 in isto be applied for increasing the clearance for
more than 1000 m and upto 3000 m; '
(2) The aboves3fety 'working clearances are based on an insulation height of '
2.44 m which is the height of lowest point on the insulator, where-lt the
earthed metal, from the ground; ,
(3) "Safety Working Clearance" is the minimum to be mairitained in
air between the live part of the equipment on one hand and earth or another piece
of equipment or conductor on which it is necessary to carry outthe work, on the
- other;
(4) The "Highest System Voltage" is defined as the highest rms phase to phase
voltage which occursimder normal operating conditions at any time and at any
point of the system. It excludes voltage transients (such as those due to system '
switching) and temporary' voltage variations due toabnonnal system conditions
(such as those due to fault conditions or the sudden disconnection oflarge loads).
3747 G1/1Q--46
......
', ..
i
I
i
I
1
I
I
l
I
\
: t
i
,!
. f
362
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY.
[PART m-8EC. 4]
Schedule-VIII
Minimum safety clearances.to be maintained for bare conductors or live parts of
any appariltus.in out-door sub-stations, excluding overhead IinesofHVnC
istallations
[See sUb"regulation (5) of regulation (44)]
S.No. DC Voltage (kV). Pole to Earth'Clearance Ground Clearance
(Metres) (Metres)
1. 100kV 1.17 4.55
2. 200kV 1.80 5.65
3. 300kV 2.45 6.75
4. 400kV. 3.04 8.00
5. 500kV 3.65 9.00
6. 600kV 3.98 ID.1
7. 800'kV 5.3 11.2
.' . .'. ".. :'" ;. "j
(1) The above ground are not applicable to equipmentthat are housed
within fence or a building and where access is prevented under erlergised condition
through a suitable safetyinterlocking ... ;
(2) The above to earth clearances electrode
configuration using gap factor k equal to 1.35.
.' .-.:' --.": ..-
(3) It is recognised that within a substation many .;different iypes'ofelectrode
configUrations shall be there with different values of k, therefore, the above clearance
shall be modified based upon the values of gap factor for a particular electrode
configuration subjecteg to the minimum ground clearance.
(4) for electricalapparatlls so thai sufficient space is
avaflable for easy operation and maintenance without any hazard to the ()perating and
maintenance personnel working near the equipment and for ensuring adequate
ventilation. .'.
....;,
[\WT 4] 363
,{ ,
f
Schedule-IX
.'
Form for reporting failureofTransformers or Reactors of rating
20 MVAlMVAR and above '.
[See sub-regulation (8) of regulation (46)]
(1) Type of Equipment (Transformer or Reactor)
(2) Capacity (MVNMVAR)
(3) Location (Address) _
(4) Owner and address of owner
(5) Date of failure-
(6) Year of manufacture
(7) Date ofInstalIation
(8) Make
(9) Reasons for failure
(10) Measures being taken to avoid recurrence of failure
Date:
(Signature and name ofManager/Executi:ve
Engineer of the.installation)
, .
-"-:
(
:'-'=_-::i:::::.-::-:::- '-"'"
364 TIlEGAZEl"tE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY /
Groun<i, Vertical8Dd
[See sub-regulathm(6) of .. ,(_O)ancl
. sub-regulation (S)of.regullltion.(ill . ' . .
." 7' .'
L
.. .. .. .. .- .. ... .. .... .
0IIll ecti!Xi.
VCl
!. -
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Gel.:
.. .. .' ..
..
veL
:NCl..,
..
.. " ..
GeL'
", .
GeL: .(,lEtal'a!\(9S as p.e!' R:egulatiOJ'l 59
VeL: as
HCL: C-leUall(eS as pel'

365
'Schedule-XI .
'FO'RM'O'F ,"'MAl'V' .... RE':I'U' 'i:i1nn 'MI':MES
." ,". - . Jt:I..I- ". A.,:,_ " 1,'" .. "',."
(1)
T.his ,coO'ectlyfilled. up by :the \owner; ;agent, ;mariagef 'Qf :engineer .
.and sent ;to:the Inspector,not later ;than;the ,firstday ofFebruary..every year. '. .
'PartA
Year ending .. 20
\.
},
,1
4-f
.Name ,ofMine
:$.ituaU0n,ofMine.
.P-os.ialaddress .p;fMine
Name:andaddtess:ofowner . - " " .. _ .
.Name,Qf;agent . '
Name.ii)<f:manager
Name.af-engineer
Name,of'Electrical S.upervisof
State
:bistnet
,PartD
:(1) $ystemof$upply:(whetherdirect-.current :or,altemating:clJ,lTent):
..
Reriodicity'(ifaltemating,current)
$ourc.e.ofsupply; .
'Volta.geatwhich,electricityisused:for ':-
'Iiighting
Pow-er
(3) Particulars ofMotor etc..
:POWER
(a)Ori Surface
TypeofMo,tQl'(ltP.IK.W.). Typeofcontrol-gear 'Location . Purpose forwhi.ch'used
/ .apparatus.and voltage .
tyPe of . . MOlorTy,pe' :O;{ Location. Pw;pase for Ventilati0n ,Rerc.entageof
. i(H.P;/K.:W.} . / . control whichfuseli; . . inflanuIUlblegas'
: ;apparat\ls;and voltage . ;gear' .orwapouf
LIGHTING.
I
I
I
I
1
I
.TypeofJ.1ight 'fitting;'
.Lbcatiort .
.Percentage ,ofinflarnmable
gasar vapor
..
I
1
'.j
I
I
i
366
THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY [PART 4]
.Schedule-XII
FORM OFANNUAL RETURN FOR OIL-FIELDS
[See sub-regul_ation (1) of regulation (95)]
This foim must be correctlyflUed up by the owner, agent, or engineer
and sent to the Inspector not later than the- first day of February everyyear..
Part A
Appliances Type and size in K:W. Puipose for which used' . Identifying mark on map
.'
I
I
l'
I
I
.(
j

I
I
I
I
I
,-
3
Year ending 20
Identifying mark on rna
State
District
2
Not on wells
ose for which used
1
e and HoP of motor
Situation of Oil.;.field
Name of Oil-field
Postal address orOH-field
Name and address of owner
Name of agent
Name of manager
Name of engineer
Name of Electrical Supervisor
(4) . Other electrical appliances, not including in item3, in on the fidd.
PartB
(1) System of supply (whether direct or alternating current) .
Voltage of supply ..
(if alternating current) .
Source of supply.
(2) Voltage at which electricityis usedfor:-
Lighting
:power
(3) Particulars of Motor etc. in use on the field :-
(a)Qn wells
,
No. or other identifying Drilling or Type andH.P No. oflainps Other electrical
MarkofweU pumping of motor and type . appliances
1 - 2 .3 4 5
c__ .
j
j
j
I
I
I
I
['lWT III--"&US 4]
367
Schedule-XIII
LOG SHEET FORMINES AND QJL-FIELDS
[See sub-regulation (9) of regulation (110), clause (a) and sub-regulation (5) of
--- regulation (115)]
Daily Log sheet for
(l) Name ofElectrical SuperVisor
(2) Report as to:-
(a) Condition of the insulation of the system.
}
-.
r _
_.f-
(b)
(c)
(d)
Specified defects of insulation (particulars of each -failure of apparatus -
should be given).
Accidents or dangerous occurrence (including any cases of electric shock
and any cases of open sp-arking in apparatus in use in places -where
regulation 110 applies. - "
Disconnection and reconnection of supply as required by sub-regulation
(9) of regulation 110.
;;,...
..f
. -
(e) Examination of earth fault detectors. or -recorders as provided by sub-
regulation (3) of regulation 100. - --
(1) Examinations of apparatus as provided by Regulation 115.
(i) Routine examinations as required by clause (a) of sub-regulation'
(5) of regulation 115.
(ii) Special examination* as required by clause (b) of sub-regulation
(5) of regulation 115.
(3) Remarks:-
Signed
Examined by
Electrical _-
Engineer: -
Manager.
*State which apparatus has been examined or tested and result. .
NOTE:.-Thislog sheet should bedilled in as -completely as possible. If, for-instance,
there are no defects of insulation to report, the word <none' should be written in the
vacant space. .
Printed by the Manager, Government of India Press, Ring Road, Mayapuri, New Delhi-ll0064
arid Published by the Controlkr of Publications, Delhi-llOOS4.
.....